UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011

 

OR

 

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ____ to ____

 

Commission file number 1-10804

 

XL GROUP

Public Limited Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 

 

 

 

 

Ireland

98-0665416

 

 

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

incorporation or organization)

 

 

No. 1 Hatch Street Upper, 4th Floor, Dublin 2, Ireland
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
+353 (1) 405-2033
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes x     No o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x     No o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

          Large accelerated filer x     Accelerated filer o     Non-accelerated filer o      Smaller reporting company o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o      No x

          As of November 1, 2011, there were 320,517,493 outstanding Ordinary Shares, $0.01 par value per share, of the registrant.



XL GROUP PLC

INDEX TO FORM 10-Q

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page No.

 

 

 


 

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2010

 

3

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

 

4

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

 

5

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

 

6

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

 

7

 

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

8

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

46

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

83

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

 

91

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

92

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

92

Item 6.

Exhibits

 

92

 

Signatures

 

94



PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 1.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

 

XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

(Unaudited)
September 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

ASSETS

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost: 2011, $26,750,242; 2010, $27,322,842)

 

$

27,005,350

 

$

27,142,105

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost: 2011, $437,668; 2010, $56,737)

 

 

409,163

 

 

84,767

 

Short-term investments, at fair value (amortized cost: 2011, $367,878; 2010, $450,491)

 

 

366,679

 

 

450,681

 

 

 



 



 

Total investments available for sale

 

 

27,781,192

 

 

27,677,553

 

Fixed maturities, held to maturity at amortized cost (fair value: 2011, $2,901,434; 2010, $2,742,626)

 

$

2,725,623

 

$

2,728,335

 

Investments in affiliates

 

 

1,044,077

 

 

1,081,281

 

Other investments

 

 

1,001,575

 

 

939,470

 

 

 



 



 

Total investments

 

 

32,552,467

 

 

32,426,639

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

3,176,283

 

 

3,022,868

 

Accrued investment income

 

 

357,332

 

 

350,091

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

 

724,349

 

 

633,035

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

 

857,049

 

 

625,654

 

Premiums receivable

 

 

2,859,610

 

 

2,414,912

 

Reinsurance balances receivable

 

 

181,264

 

 

171,327

 

Unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable

 

 

3,705,892

 

 

3,671,887

 

Receivable from investments sold

 

 

513,012

 

 

21,716

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

 

838,725

 

 

839,508

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

140,670

 

 

143,525

 

Other assets

 

 

718,533

 

 

702,189

 

 

 



 



 

Total assets

 

$

46,625,186

 

$

45,023,351

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid losses and loss expenses

 

$

20,718,988

 

$

20,531,607

 

Deposit liabilities

 

 

1,636,602

 

 

1,684,606

 

Future policy benefit reserves

 

 

4,994,579

 

 

5,075,127

 

Unearned premiums

 

 

4,103,846

 

 

3,484,830

 

Notes payable and debt

 

 

2,281,335

 

 

2,464,410

 

Reinsurance balances payable

 

 

539,792

 

 

122,250

 

Payable for investments purchased

 

 

587,756

 

 

34,315

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

108,416

 

 

105,667

 

Other liabilities

 

 

711,886

 

 

835,590

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities

 

$

35,683,200

 

$

34,338,402

 

 

 



 



 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest - Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares, 20,000,000 authorized, par value $0.01; Issued and outstanding: (2011, nil; 2010, 2,876,000)

 

$

 

$

71,900

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, 999,990,000 authorized, par value $0.01; Issued and outstanding: (2011, 320,517,493; 2010, 316,396,289)

 

 

3,206

 

 

3,165

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

9,030,259

 

 

8,993,016

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

456,203

 

 

100,795

 

Retained earnings

 

 

450,534

 

 

513,777

 

 

 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to XL Group plc

 

$

9,940,202

 

$

9,610,753

 

Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

1,001,784

 

 

1,002,296

 

 

 



 



 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

10,941,986

 

$

10,613,049

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities, redeemable preference ordinary shares and shareholders’ equity

 

$

46,625,186

 

$

45,023,351

 

 

 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

3


XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

 

$

1,453,326

 

$

1,365,327

 

$

4,213,048

 

$

4,036,573

 

Net investment income

 

 

290,106

 

 

296,730

 

 

866,874

 

 

907,648

 

Realized investment gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments sold

 

 

4,461

 

 

(30,793

)

 

(6,899

)

 

(30,751

)

Other-than-temporary impairments on investments

 

 

(67,513

)

 

(27,377

)

 

(141,321

)

 

(114,627

)

Other-than-temporary impairments on investments transferred to (from) other comprehensive income

 

 

698

 

 

(10,585

)

 

9,885

 

 

(20,939

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

(62,354

)

 

(68,755

)

 

(138,335

)

 

(166,317

)

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

(26,916

)

 

12,473

 

 

(34,299

)

 

(27,903

)

Income (loss) from investment fund affiliates

 

 

(7,123

)

 

3,105

 

 

30,277

 

 

30,367

 

Fee income and other

 

 

10,980

 

 

11,262

 

 

30,494

 

 

29,215

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total revenues

 

$

1,658,019

 

$

1,620,142

 

$

4,968,059

 

$

4,809,583

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net losses and loss expenses incurred

 

$

988,059

 

$

811,980

 

$

3,020,508

 

$

2,451,345

 

Claims and policy benefits

 

 

139,549

 

 

144,358

 

 

410,196

 

 

391,476

 

Acquisition costs

 

 

207,553

 

 

198,173

 

 

611,142

 

 

579,870

 

Operating expenses

 

 

246,930

 

 

236,193

 

 

773,555

 

 

710,168

 

Exchange (gains) losses

 

 

(39,425

)

 

44,540

 

 

(38,409

)

 

(8,819

)

Interest expense

 

 

48,911

 

 

58,609

 

 

158,157

 

 

156,828

 

Loss on termination of guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,500

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

885

 

 

465

 

 

1,394

 

 

1,394

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total expenses

 

$

1,592,462

 

$

1,494,318

 

$

4,936,543

 

$

4,305,762

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Income (loss) before income tax and income (loss) from operating affiliates

 

$

65,557

 

$

125,824

 

$

31,516

 

$

503,821

 

Provision (benefit) for income tax

 

 

24,718

 

 

29,810

 

 

16,747

 

 

102,622

 

Income (loss) from operating affiliates

 

 

35,552

 

 

14,035

 

 

95,439

 

 

46,654

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss)

 

$

76,391

 

$

110,049

 

$

110,208

 

$

447,853

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

(33,993

)

 

(32,506

)

 

(69,431

)

 

(32,425

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

$

42,398

 

$

77,543

 

$

40,777

 

$

415,428

 

Preference share dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,694

)

Gain on redemption of Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,616

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

$

42,398

 

$

77,543

 

$

40,777

 

$

397,350

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents outstanding – basic

 

 

311,714

 

 

338,724

 

 

310,793

 

 

340,927

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents outstanding – diluted

 

 

313,848

 

 

339,819

 

 

314,842

 

 

341,764

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Earnings per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent – basic

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.13

 

$

1.17

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Earnings per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent – diluted

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.13

 

$

1.16

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

4


XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

$

42,398

 

$

77,543

 

$

40,777

 

$

415,428

 

Impact of adoption of new authoritative embedded derivative guidance, net of tax

 

 

 

 

31,917

 

 

 

 

31,917

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax

 

 

110,124

 

 

421,905

 

 

291,330

 

 

1,285,845

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on affiliate and other investments, net of tax

 

 

2,954

 

 

8,721

 

 

35,620

 

 

25,113

 

Change in OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

3,995

 

 

49,465

 

 

28,119

 

 

81,102

 

Change in underfunded pension liability

 

 

1,684

 

 

(4,045

)

 

1,287

 

 

(478

)

Change in value of cash flow hedge

 

 

110

 

 

110

 

 

330

 

 

330

 

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on future policy benefit reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,714

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

 

 

(85,635

)

 

104,847

 

 

(1,278

)

 

(3,461

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

75,630

 

$

690,463

 

$

396,185

 

$

1,832,082

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

5


XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Non-controlling Interest in Equity of Consolidated Subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

1,002,296

 

$

2,305

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

4

 

 

(75

)

Non-controlling interest share in change in accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss

 

 

(16

)

 

(7

)

Transfer from Series E preference ordinary shares and additional paid in capital

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

Purchase of Series E preference ordinary shares

 

 

(500

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

1,001,784

 

$

1,002,223

 

 

 



 



 

Series E Preference Ordinary Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

 

$

10

 

Transfer to non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 

Ordinary Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

3,165

 

$

3,421

 

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

307

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

1

 

 

 

Buybacks of ordinary shares

 

 

(267

)

 

(139

)

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

3,206

 

$

3,282

 

 

 



 



 

Additional Paid in Capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

8,993,016

 

$

10,474,688

 

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

573,460

 

 

1,102

 

Buybacks of ordinary shares

 

 

(566,673

)

 

(270,572

)

Transfer to non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

(999,990

)

Exercise of stock options, net of tax

 

 

1,195

 

 

790

 

Share based compensation expense

 

 

29,261

 

 

26,126

 

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

9,030,259

 

$

9,232,144

 

 

 



 



 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

100,795

 

$

(1,142,467

)

Impact of adoption of new authoritative embedded derivative guidance, net of tax

 

 

 

 

31,917

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax

 

 

291,330

 

 

1,285,845

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on affiliate and other investments, net of tax

 

 

35,620

 

 

25,113

 

Change in OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

28,119

 

 

81,102

 

Change in underfunded pension liability

 

 

1,287

 

 

(478

)

Change in value of cash flow hedge

 

 

330

 

 

330

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(1,278

)

 

(3,461

)

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on future policy benefit reserves

 

 

 

 

(3,714

)

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

456,203

 

$

274,187

 

 

 



 



 

Retained Earnings (Deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

513,777

 

$

94,460

 

Impact of adoption of new authoritative embedded derivative guidance, net of tax

 

 

 

 

(31,917

)

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

40,777

 

 

415,428

 

Dividends on preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

(34,694

)

Dividends on ordinary shares

 

 

(104,020

)

 

(102,119

)

Gain on redemption of Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

16,616

 

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

450,534

 

$

357,774

 

 

 



 



 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

10,941,986

 

$

10,869,610

 

 

 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

6


XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

110,208

 

$

447,853

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized losses on sales of investments

 

 

138,335

 

 

166,317

 

Net realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments

 

 

34,299

 

 

27,903

 

Amortization of premiums (discounts) on fixed maturities

 

 

83,252

 

 

39,354

 

(Income) loss from investment and operating affiliates

 

 

(125,716

)

 

(77,021

)

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

24,222

 

 

23,172

 

Accretion of convertible debt

 

 

750

 

 

751

 

Accretion of deposit liabilities

 

 

63,492

 

 

81,093

 

Unpaid losses and loss expenses

 

 

185,023

 

 

(70,305

)

Future policy benefit reserves

 

 

(101,047

)

 

(137,333

)

Unearned premiums

 

 

615,699

 

 

203,165

 

Premiums receivable

 

 

(448,133

)

 

(9,184

)

Unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable

 

 

(24,758

)

 

(27,010

)

Ceded unearned premiums

 

 

(233,148

)

 

(88,599

)

Reinsurance balances receivable

 

 

(9,422

)

 

177,493

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

 

(92,859

)

 

(29,262

)

Reinsurance balances payable

 

 

412,103

 

 

(62,689

)

Deferred tax asset - net

 

 

(47,803

)

 

52,636

 

Depreciation

 

 

36,544

 

 

29,099

 

Derivatives

 

 

(30,032

)

 

297,280

 

Other assets

 

 

(21,826

)

 

(95,489

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(151,237

)

 

(28,906

)

Other

 

 

(52,429

)

 

(91,042

)

 

 



 



 

Total adjustments

 

$

255,309

 

$

381,423

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

365,517

 

$

829,276

 

 

 



 



 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of fixed maturities and short-term investments

 

$

3,233,941

 

$

3,807,049

 

Proceeds from redemption of fixed maturities and short-term investments

 

 

2,700,412

 

 

2,114,283

 

Proceeds from sale of equity securities

 

 

189,818

 

 

66,893

 

Purchases of fixed maturities and short-term investments

 

 

(5,411,886

)

 

(5,527,491

)

Purchases of equity securities

 

 

(571,031

)

 

(71,629

)

Net dispositions of investment affiliates

 

 

166,950

 

 

230,303

 

Other investments, net

 

 

(39,502

)

 

4,249

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

$

268,702

 

$

623,657

 

 

 



 



 

Cash flows (used in) financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

 

$

1,196

 

$

790

 

Buybacks of ordinary shares

 

 

(566,940

)

 

(270,815

)

Repurchase of Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

(71,801

)

 

(94,157

)

Repurchase of Series E preference ordinary shares

 

 

(465

)

 

 

Dividends paid on ordinary shares

 

 

(103,331

)

 

(101,766

)

Dividends paid on preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

(40,267

)

Distributions to non-controlling interests

 

 

(38,580

)

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of debt

 

 

396,400

 

 

 

Deposit liabilities

 

 

(116,472

)

 

(623,512

)

 

 



 



 

Net cash (used in) financing activities

 

$

(499,993

)

$

(1,129,727

)

Effects of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash

 

 

19,189

 

 

(9,274

)

 

 



 



 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

153,415

 

 

313,932

 

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

 

 

3,022,868

 

 

3,643,697

 

 

 



 



 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

 

$

3,176,283

 

$

3,957,629

 

 

 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

7


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Preparation and Consolidation

          These unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In addition, the year-end balance sheet data were derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. In the opinion of management, these unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair statement of financial position and results of operations at the end of and for the periods presented. The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

          To facilitate period-to-period comparisons, certain reclassifications have been made to prior period consolidated financial statement amounts to conform to current period presentation.

          For periods prior to July 1, 2010, unless the context otherwise indicates, references herein to the “Company” are to, and these financial statements include the accounts of, XL Group Ltd. (formerly, XL Capital Ltd), a Cayman Islands exempted company (“XL-Cayman”), and its consolidated subsidiaries. For periods subsequent to July 1, 2010, unless the context otherwise indicates, references herein to the “Company” are to, and these financial statements include the accounts of, XL Group plc, an Irish public limited company (“XL-Ireland”), and its consolidated subsidiaries.

          On July 1, 2010, XL-Ireland and XL-Cayman completed a redomestication transaction in which all of the ordinary shares of XL-Cayman were exchanged for all of the ordinary shares of XL-Ireland (the “Redomestication”). As a result, XL-Cayman became a wholly owned subsidiary of XL-Ireland.

          As described initially in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2011, as part of the Redomestication, neither the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares nor the Series E preference ordinary shares were transferred from XL-Cayman to XL-Ireland. Accordingly, subsequent to July 1, 2010, these instruments represent non-controlling interests in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares should have been reclassified as Non-controlling interest – Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares and the Series E preference ordinary shares should have been reclassified as Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries. As a result, during the annual period ended December 31, 2010 and the quarterly period ended September 30, 2010, amounts related to the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares and the Series E preference ordinary shares were not correctly classified in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Management believes that the misclassifications are not material to the previously issued financial statements and accordingly, the Company has revised the September 30, 2010 and the December 31, 2010 financial statements in this report. The details of these classification errors are provided below for the annual period ended December 31, 2010. None of the revised classifications affected our total shareholders’ equity, net income or net income attributable to ordinary shareholders in any period. Details of the reclassifications are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands):

 

Previously
Reported

 

Revised

 

 

 


 


 

Series E preference ordinary shares, 1,000,000 authorized, par value $0.01; Issued and outstanding: (2010, 1,000,000; 2009, 1,000,000)

 

$

10

 

$

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

9,993,006

 

 

8,993,016

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

10,610,753

 

 

9,610,753

 

Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

2,296

 

 

1,002,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

$

(4

)

$

(39,831

)

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

643,377

 

 

603,550

 

Preference share dividends

 

 

(74,521

)

 

(34,694

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

1,886,639

 

 

1,846,812

 

8


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies

          (a) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In January 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standards update on Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. The provisions of this authoritative guidance require new disclosure about recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements, including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2010, except for the Level 3 reconciliation disclosures, which were effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. See Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” for changes to Level 3 reconciliation disclosure. This standard affects disclosure only and, accordingly, did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

          In July 2010, the FASB amended the general accounting principles for receivables as they relate to the disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. This amendment requires additional disclosures that provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. It also requires the disclosure of credit quality indicators, past due information, and modifications of financing receivables. The new disclosures are required for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2010, although the disclosures of reporting period activity (i.e., allowance roll-forward and modification disclosures) were required for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. This standard affects disclosures only and, accordingly, did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a provision of $9.9 million related to two structured loan investments. This provision was reduced to $9.2 million during the third quarter of 2011. The Company holds investments in five separate structured loans with aggregate net carrying values of $42.1 million and $42.3 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In addition, the Company had gross reinsurance balances receivable and reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and loss expense of $3.8 billion at each of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, against which an allowance of $108.2 million and $121.9 million was recorded at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. There were no charge offs recorded during the current period.

          In October 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to address disparities in practice regarding the interpretation of which costs relating to the acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts qualify for deferral. The amendments in the updated guidance specify that incremental direct costs of contract acquisition and certain costs related directly to the acquisition activities incurred in the acquisition of new or renewal contracts should be capitalized in accordance with the amendments in the updated guidance. Costs directly related to those activities include only the portion of an employee’s total compensation (excluding any compensation that is capitalized as incremental direct costs of contract acquisition) and payroll-related fringe benefits related directly to time spent performing those activities for actual acquired contracts, and other costs related directly to those activities that would not have been incurred if the contract had not been acquired. Administrative costs, rent, depreciation, occupancy, equipment and all other general overhead costs are considered indirect costs and should be charged to expense as incurred. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The amendments in this guidance can be applied prospectively or retrospectively upon adoption. The Company will adopt this guidance as of January 1, 2012. The impact of adoption is not expected to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

          In May 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance to amend existing requirements for fair value measurements and disclosures. The guidance expands the disclosure requirements around fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, requiring quantitative information to be disclosed related to (1) the valuation processes used, (2) the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, and (3) use of a nonfinancial asset in a way that differs from the asset’s highest and best use. The guidance requires disclosure of the level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value but whose fair value must be disclosed. It also clarifies and expands upon existing requirements for fair value measurements of financial assets and liabilities as well as instruments classified in shareholders’ equity. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and early application is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

9


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies

          (a) Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

          In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update on the presentation of comprehensive income in financial statements. This guidance will allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Under both options, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income and a total amount for comprehensive income. This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The guidance does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. This guidance must be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. This guidance affects disclosure only and will not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

          In September 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment, by allowing an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting entity is less than its carrying amount, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required in FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350. After assessing the circumstances that should be considered in making the qualitative assessment, if an entity determines that the fair value of a reporting unit as compared to its carrying value meets the threshold, then performing the two-step impairment step is unnecessary. In other circumstances, performance of the two-step test is required. The guidance also eliminates the option for an entity to carry forward its detailed calculation of a reporting unit’s fair value in certain situations, as previously permitted. The amendments do not change the current guidance for testing other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. The new guidance is effective for annual and interim goodwill tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company will adopt this guidance from January 1, 2012. It will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

3. Fair Value Measurements

          Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price), in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date. Applicable accounting guidance provides an established hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classification on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain securities within the fair value hierarchy.

10


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          The following tables set forth the Company’s assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 by level within the fair value hierarchy (for further information, see Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” herein and Item 8, Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Collateral and
Counterparty
Netting

 

Balance
at
September
30,
2011

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

 

$

2,108,841

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,108,841

 

Corporate (1)

 

 

 

 

10,753,121

 

 

4,787

 

 

 

 

10,757,908

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

 

 

5,579,956

 

 

15,183

 

 

 

 

5,595,139

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

 

 

680,182

 

 

2,799

 

 

 

 

682,981

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

1,012,492

 

 

4,394

 

 

 

 

1,016,886

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

 

 

7,733

 

 

665,842

 

 

 

 

673,575

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

1,059,713

 

 

17,112

 

 

 

 

1,076,825

 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

 

 

1,723,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,723,554

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

 

 

3,369,641

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,369,641

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities, at fair value

 

$

 

$

26,295,233

 

$

710,117

 

$

 

$

27,005,350

 

Equity securities, at fair value (2)

 

 

229,631

 

 

179,532

 

 

 

 

 

 

409,163

 

Short-term investments, at fair value (1)(3)

 

 

 

 

366,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

366,679

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total investments available for sale

 

$

229,631

 

$

26,841,444

 

$

710,117

 

$

 

 

$

27,781,192

 

Cash equivalents (4)

 

 

1,534,055

 

 

739,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,273,112

 

Other investments (5)

 

 

 

 

562,490

 

 

114,362

 

 

 

 

676,852

 

Other assets (6)(7)

 

 

 

 

201,470

 

 

104

 

 

(56,079

)

 

145,495

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total assets accounted for at fair value

 

$

1,763,686

 

$

28,344,461

 

$

824,583

 

$

(56,079

)

$

30,876,651

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (8)

 

$

 

$

26,363

 

$

 

$

 

$

26,363

 

Other liabilities (6)(7)

 

 

 

 

19,558

 

 

52,093

 

 

(2,050

)

 

69,601

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total liabilities accounted for at fair value

 

$

 

$

45,921

 

$

52,093

 

$

(2,050

)

$

95,964

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

11


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Collateral and
Counterparty
Netting

 

Balance
at
December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

 

$

2,565,444

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,565,444

 

Corporate (1)

 

 

 

 

10,932,105

 

 

36,866

 

 

 

 

10,968,971

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

 

 

5,173,456

 

 

30,255

 

 

 

 

5,203,711

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

 

 

1,016,859

 

 

4,964

 

 

 

 

1,021,823

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

1,170,884

 

 

1,623

 

 

 

 

1,172,507

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

 

 

12,566

 

 

721,572

 

 

 

 

734,138

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

935,882

 

 

24,650

 

 

 

 

960,532

 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

 

 

1,360,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,360,456

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

 

 

3,150,856

 

 

3,667

 

 

 

 

3,154,523

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities, at fair value

 

$

 

$

26,318,508

 

$

823,597

 

$

 

$

27,142,105

 

Equity securities, at fair value (2)

 

 

71,284

 

 

13,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

84,767

 

Short-term investments, at fair value (1)(3)

 

 

 

 

450,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

450,681

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total investments available for sale

 

$

71,284

 

$

26,782,672

 

$

823,597

 

$

 

$

27,677,553

 

Cash equivalents (4)

 

 

1,358,619

 

 

540,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,899,265

 

Other investments (5)

 

 

 

 

490,320

 

 

133,717

 

 

 

 

624,037

 

Other assets (6)(7)

 

 

 

 

108,056

 

 

7,882

 

 

(22,995

)

 

92,943

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total assets accounted for at fair value

 

$

1,429,903

 

$

27,921,694

 

$

965,196

 

$

(22,995

)

$

30,293,798

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (8)

 

$

256

 

$

21,270

 

$

 

$

 

$

21,526

 

Other liabilities (6)(7)

 

 

 

 

13,591

 

 

47,077

 

 

 

 

60,668

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total liabilities accounted for at fair value

 

$

256

 

$

34,861

 

$

47,077

 

$

 

$

82,194

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

Notes:

(1)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes, which are in a gross unrealized loss position, had a fair value of $429.2 million and $454.8 million and an amortized cost of $460.0 million and $504.6 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds, including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(2)

Included within equity securities are investments fixed income funds of $91.1 million and nil at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

(3)

Short-term investments consist primarily of Corporate securities and U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported securities.

(4)

Cash equivalents balances subject to fair value measurement include certificates of deposit and money market funds. Operating cash balances are not subject to fair value measurement guidance.

(5)

The Other investments balance excludes certain structured transactions, including certain investments in project finance transactions, a payment obligation and liquidity financing provided to a structured credit vehicle as a part of a third party medium term note facility. These investments are carried at amortized cost that totaled $324.7 million at September 30, 2011 and $315.4 million at December 31, 2010.

(6)

Other assets and other liabilities include derivative instruments.

(7)

The derivative balances included in each category above are reported on a gross basis by level with a netting adjustment presented separately in the “Collateral and Counterparty Netting” column. The Company often enters into different types of derivative contracts with a single counterparty and these contracts are covered under a netting agreement. In addition, the Company held net cash collateral related to derivative positions of approximately $54.0 million and $23.0 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. This balance is included within cash and cash equivalents and the corresponding liability to return the collateral has been offset against the derivative positions within the balance sheet as appropriate under the netting agreement. The fair values of the individual derivative contracts are reported gross in their respective levels based on the fair value hierarchy.

(8)

Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased represent “short sales” and are included within “Payable for investments purchased” on the balance sheet.

12


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses

          The tables below present additional information about assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which Level 3 inputs were utilized to determine fair value. The tables reflect gains and losses for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 for all financial assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The tables do not include gains or losses that were reported in Level 3 in prior periods for assets that were transferred out of Level 3 prior to September 30, 2011 and 2010. Gains and losses for assets and liabilities classified within Level 3 in the table below may include changes in fair value that are attributable to both observable inputs (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable inputs (Level 3). Further, it should be noted that the following tables do not take into consideration the effect of offsetting Level 1 and 2 financial instruments entered into by the Company that are either economically hedged by certain exposures to the Level 3 positions or that hedge the exposures in Level 3 positions.

          In general, Level 3 assets include securities for which values were obtained from brokers where either significant inputs were utilized in determining the value that were difficult to corroborate with observable market data, or sufficient information regarding the specific inputs utilized by the broker was not available to support a Level 2 classification. Transfers into or out of Level 3 primarily arise as a result of the valuations utilized by the Company changing between either those provided by independent pricing services that do not contain significant observable inputs, or other valuations sourced from brokers which are considered Level 3.

          There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

13


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Corporate

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities –
Agency

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities – Non
Agency

 

Commercial
mortgage-backed
securities

 

Collateralized debt
obligations

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

4,786

 

$

15,385

 

$

3,194

 

$

4,563

 

$

727,239

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

23

 

 

(81

)

 

(328

)

 

(501

)

 

(2,662

)

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

(22

)

 

52

 

 

76

 

 

564

 

 

(46,520

)

Purchases and issuances

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

 

 

(206

)

 

(143

)

 

(232

)

 

(12,215

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

4,787

 

$

15,183

 

$

2,799

 

$

4,394

 

$

665,842

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

1

 

$

(29

)

$

(252

)

$

63

 

$

(49,432

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011 (Continued)

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Other asset
backed
securities

 

Non-U.S.
Sovereign
Government
and
Supranationals
and
Government-
Related

 

Short-term
Investments

 

Other
investments

 

Derivative
Contracts - Net

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

17,048

 

$

 

$

 

$

114,540

 

$

(49,645

)

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(238

)

 

 

 

 

 

(244

)

 

 

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

302

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,642

 

 

(2,344

)

Purchases and issuances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,667

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,243

)

 

 

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

17,112

 

$

 

$

 

$

114,362

 

$

(51,989

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

64

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,398

 

$

(2,344

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

14


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Corporate

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities –
Agency

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities – Non
Agency

 

Commercial
mortgage-backed
securities

 

Collateralized debt
obligations

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

36,866

 

$

30,255

 

$

4,964

 

$

1,623

 

$

721,572

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(257

)

 

(81

)

 

(329

)

 

(1,179

)

 

(3,733

)

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

173

 

 

2

 

 

61

 

 

1,078

 

 

(10,104

)

Purchases and issuances

 

 

6,878

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

3,155

 

 

2,379

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(10,049

)

 

(492

)

 

(517

)

 

(283

)

 

(46,158

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,886

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(28,824

)

 

(14,534

)

 

(1,380

)

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

4,787

 

$

15,183

 

$

2,799

 

$

4,394

 

$

665,842

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

(52

)

$

(79

)

$

(268

)

$

(855

)

$

(15,656

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 (Continued)

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Other asset
backed
securities

 

Non-U.S.
Sovereign
Government
and
Supranationals
and
Government-
Related

 

Short-term
Investments

 

Other
investments

 

Derivative
Contracts - Net

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

24,650

 

$

3,667

 

$

 

$

133,717

 

$

(39,195

)

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(555

)

 

 

 

 

 

11,911

 

 

 

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

7,162

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,134

 

 

(12,620

)

Purchases and issuances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,782

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(9,114

)

 

 

 

 

 

(51,182

)

 

(174

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(5,031

)

 

(3,667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

17,112

 

$

 

$

 

$

114,362

 

$

(51,989

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

6,287

 

$

 

$

 

$

19,735

 

$

(12,620

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

15


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Three Months Ended September 30, 2010

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Corporate

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities –
Agency

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities – Non
Agency

 

Commercial
mortgage-backed
securities

 

Collateralized debt
obligations

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

40,618

 

$

1,226

 

$

10,008

 

$

427

 

$

690,906

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(3

)

 

(6

)

 

(385

)

 

 

 

(5,520

)

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

338

 

 

39

 

 

(41

)

 

3

 

 

46,999

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

2,400

 

 

6,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(1,282

)

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

(11,825

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(30,762

)

 

 

 

(4,518

)

 

 

 

(28,651

)

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

11,309

 

$

7,999

 

$

5,058

 

$

430

 

$

691,909

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

338

 

$

40

 

$

(37

)

$

3

 

$

46,685

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Three Months Ended September 30, 2010 (Continued)

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Other asset
backed
securities

 

Non-U.S.
Sovereign
Government
and
Supranationals
and
Government-
Related

 

Short-term
Investments

 

Other
investments

 

Derivative
Contracts - Net

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

22,521

 

$

3,182

 

$

 

$

92,857

 

$

162,911

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(7,515

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,294

 

 

 

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

5,643

 

 

307

 

 

 

 

234

 

 

32,567

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

10,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

664

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,489

)

 

(1,516

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

31,362

 

$

3,489

 

$

 

$

82,560

 

$

193,962

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

(2,006

)

$

307

 

$

 

$

234

 

$

32,567

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

16


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Corporate

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities –
Agency

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities – Non
Agency

 

Commercial
mortgage-backed
securities

 

Collateralized debt
obligations

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

10,311

 

$

7,894

 

$

42,190

 

$

2,755

 

$

197,149

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(4,315

)

 

 

 

(46

)

 

(209

)

 

(17,498

)

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

393

 

 

39

 

 

104

 

 

29

 

 

76,655

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

1,265

 

 

7,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(519

)

 

 

 

(2,294

)

 

(707

)

 

(16,614

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

8,115

 

 

 

 

4,044

 

 

 

 

475,548

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(3,941

)

 

(7,883

)

 

(38,940

)

 

(1,438

)

 

(23,331

)

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

11,309

 

$

7,999

 

$

5,058

 

$

430

 

$

691,909

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

576

 

$

39

 

$

(56

)

$

(136

)

$

72,239

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (Continued)

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Other asset
backed
securities

 

Non-U.S.
Sovereign
Government
and
Supranationals
and
Government-
Related

 

Short-term
Investments

 

Other
investments

 

Derivative
Contracts - Net

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

38,179

 

$

3,217

 

$

 

$

75,584

 

$

100,515

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(19,018

)

 

 

 

 

 

3,860

 

 

 

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

14,757

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

5,785

 

 

84,202

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

12,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,575

 

 

10,985

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(1,504

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,244

)

 

(1,740

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

204

 

 

240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(14,234

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

31,362

 

$

3,489

 

$

 

$

82,560

 

$

193,962

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

7,642

 

$

32

 

$

 

$

5,785

 

$

84,202

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

17


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Fixed maturities and short-term investments

          At March 31, 2010, certain collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) that were previously classified as Level 2 due to sufficient market data being available to allow a price to be determined and provided by third party pricing vendors, were transferred to Level 3 because third party vendor prices were no longer believed to be the most appropriate pricing source. Broker quotes, for which sufficient information regarding the specific inputs utilized by the broker was not available to support a Level 2 classification, are the primary source of the valuations for these CDO securities.

          Other investments

          Included within the Other investments component of the Company’s Level 3 valuations are private investments and alternative fund investments where the Company is not deemed to have significant influence over the investee. The fair value of these investments is based upon net asset values received from the investment manager or general partner of the respective entity. The nature of the underlying investments held by the investee which form the basis of the net asset value include assets such as private business ventures and are such that significant Level 3 inputs are utilized in the determination of the individual underlying holding values and, accordingly, the fair value of the Company’s investment in each entity is classified within Level 3. The Company also incorporates factors such as the most recent financial information received, the values at which capital transactions with the investee take place, and management’s judgment regarding whether any adjustments should be made to the net asset value in recording the fair value of each position. Investments in alternative funds included in Other investments utilize strategies including arbitrage, directional, event driven and multi-style. These funds potentially have lockup and gate provisions which may limit redemption liquidity. For further details regarding the nature of Other investments and related features see Item 8, Note 10, “Other Investments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          Derivative instruments

          Derivative instruments classified within Level 3 include: (i) certain interest rate swaps where the duration of the contract the Company holds exceeds that of the longest term on a market observable input, (ii) guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”) embedded within a certain reinsurance contract, (iii) a put option included within the Company’s remaining contingent capital facility and (iv) credit derivatives sold providing protection on senior tranches of structured finance transactions where the value is obtained directly from the investment bank counterparty and sufficient information regarding the inputs utilized in such valuation was not obtained to support a Level 2 classification. The majority of inputs utilized in the valuations of these types of derivative contracts are considered Level 1 or Level 2; however, each valuation includes at least one Level 3 input that was significant to the valuation and, accordingly, the values are disclosed within Level 3.

18


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

          In addition, see Item 8, Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for a general discussion of types of assets and liabilities that are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as well as the Company’s valuation policies for such instruments.

          Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value

          Authoritative guidance over disclosure about fair value of financial instruments requires additional disclosure of fair value information for financial instruments not carried at fair value in both interim and annual reporting periods. Certain financial instruments, particularly insurance contracts, are excluded from these fair value disclosure requirements. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income, receivable from investments sold, other assets, payable for investments purchased, other liabilities and other financial instruments not included below approximated their fair values. The following table includes financial instruments for which the carrying value differs from the estimated fair values:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
September 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities, held to maturity

 

$

2,725,623

 

$

2,901,434

 

$

2,728,335

 

$

2,742,626

 

Other investments – structured transactions

 

$

324,723

 

$

316,781

 

$

327,686

 

$

317,524

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Financial Assets

 

$

3,050,346

 

$

3,218,215

 

$

3,056,021

 

$

3,060,150

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit liabilities

 

$

1,636,602

 

$

1,760,445

 

$

1,684,606

 

$

1,737,107

 

Notes payable and debt

 

 

2,281,335

 

 

2,305,867

 

 

2,464,410

 

 

2,627,897

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Financial Liabilities

 

$

3,917,937

 

$

4,066,312

 

$

4,149,016

 

$

4,365,004

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest - Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

$

 

$

 

$

71,900

 

$

61,115

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          The Company historically participated in structured transactions. Remaining structured transactions include cash loans supporting project finance transactions, providing liquidity facility financing to structured project deals and an investment in a payment obligation with an insurance company. These transactions are carried at amortized cost. The fair value of these investments held by the Company is determined through use of internal models utilizing reported trades, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data.

          Deposit liabilities include obligations under structured insurance and reinsurance transactions. For purposes of fair value disclosures, the Company determined the estimated fair value of the deposit liabilities by assuming a discount rate equal to the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate plus 220.0 basis points and the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate plus 142.3 basis points at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The discount rate incorporates the Company’s own credit risk into the determination of estimated fair value.

          The fair values of the Company’s notes payable and debt outstanding are determined based on quoted market prices.

          The fair value of the Company’s Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares outstanding is determined based on indicative quotes provided by brokers. During the three months ended September 30, 2011 all outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares were repurchased and canceled.

          There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Company’s financial instruments as defined in the authoritative guidance over disclosures of fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value, which excludes certain financial instruments, particularly insurance contracts.

19


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information

          The Company is organized into three operating segments: Insurance, Reinsurance and Life operations. The Company’s general investment and financing operations are reflected in Corporate.

          The Company evaluates the performance for both the Insurance and Reinsurance segments based on underwriting profit while the Life operations segment performance is based on contribution. Other items of revenue and expenditure of the Company are not evaluated at the segment level for reporting purposes. In addition, the Company does not allocate investment assets by segment for its Property and Casualty (“P&C”) operations. Investment assets related to the Company’s Life operations and certain structured products included in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate are held in separately identified portfolios. As such, net investment income from these assets is included in the contribution from each of these segments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total P&C

 

Life
Operations

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

1,156,901

 

$

619,260

 

$

1,776,161

 

$

100,564

 

$

 

$

1,876,725

 

Net premiums written

 

 

872,757

 

 

419,949

 

 

1,292,706

 

 

90,769

 

 

 

 

1,383,475

 

Net premiums earned

 

 

930,067

 

 

432,465

 

 

1,362,532

 

 

90,794

 

 

 

 

1,453,326

 

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(767,091

)

 

(220,968

)

 

(988,059

)

 

(139,549

)

 

 

 

(1,127,608

)

Acquisition costs

 

 

(118,521

)

 

(79,839

)

 

(198,360

)

 

(9,193

)

 

 

 

(207,553

)

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

(158,134

)

 

(40,179

)

 

(198,313

)

 

(2,352

)

 

 

 

(200,665

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

(113,679

)

$

91,479

 

$

(22,200

)

$

(60,300

)

$

 

$

(82,500

)

Net investment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

190,886

 

 

80,349

 

 

 

 

271,235

 

Net results from structured products (2)

 

 

2,457

 

 

3,388

 

 

5,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,845

 

Net fee income and other (3)

 

 

(3,484

)

 

1,120

 

 

(2,364

)

 

41

 

 

 

 

(2,323

)

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,047

)

 

(23,307

)

 

 

 

(62,354

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from P&C, Life Operations and Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

133,120

 

$

(3,217

)

$

 

$

129,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized & unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(26,916

)

$

(26,916

)

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates and operating affiliates (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,429

 

 

28,429

 

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,425

 

 

39,425

 

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(32,962

)

 

(32,962

)

Interest expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35,885

)

 

(35,885

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33,993

)

 

(33,993

)

Income taxes & other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,603

)

 

(25,603

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net income attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

42,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios – P&C operations: (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

82.5

%

 

51.1

%

 

72.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

29.7

%

 

27.7

%

 

29.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combined ratio

 

 

112.2

%

 

78.8

%

 

101.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


Notes:

 

(1)

Operating expenses exclude Corporate operating expenses, shown separately.

(2)

The net results from P&C structured products include net investment income and interest expense of $18.9 million and $13.1 million.

(3)

Net fee income and other includes operating expenses from the Company’s loss prevention consulting services business and expenses related to the cost of an endorsement facility with National Indemnity Company.

(4)

The Company records the income related to the alternative funds and to the private investment fund and operating affiliates on a one month and three month lag, respectively.

(5)

Interest expense excludes interest expense related to deposit liabilities recorded in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

(6)

Ratios are based on net premiums earned from P&C operations.

20


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total P&C

 

Life
Operations

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

991,781

 

$

533,730

 

$

1,525,511

 

$

103,957

 

$

 

$

1,629,468

 

Net premiums written

 

 

776,869

 

 

389,203

 

 

1,166,072

 

 

96,444

 

 

 

 

1,262,516

 

Net premiums earned

 

 

872,148

 

 

396,593

 

 

1,268,741

 

 

96,586

 

 

 

 

1,365,327

 

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(640,999

)

 

(170,981

)

 

(811,980

)

 

(144,358

)

 

 

 

(956,338

)

Acquisition costs

 

 

(109,788

)

 

(82,271

)

 

(192,059

)

 

(6,114

)

 

 

 

(198,173

)

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

(155,816

)

 

(44,220

)

 

(200,036

)

 

(2,372

)

 

 

 

(202,408

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

(34,455

)

$

99,121

 

$

64,666

 

$

(56,258

)

$

 

$

8,408

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

201,029

 

 

78,387

 

 

 

 

279,416

 

Net results from structured products (2)

 

 

3,015

 

 

(9,829

)

 

(6,814

)

 

 

 

1,566

 

 

(5,248

)

Net fee income and other (3)

 

 

(3,713

)

 

1,017

 

 

(2,696

)

 

54

 

 

 

 

(2,642

)

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(69,770

)

 

(1,512

)

 

2,527

 

 

(68,755

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from P&C, Life Operations and Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

186,415

 

$

20,671

 

$

4,093

 

$

211,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized & unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,473

 

$

12,473

 

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates and operating affiliates (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,140

 

 

17,140

 

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(44,540

)

 

(44,540

)

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,782

)

 

(19,782

)

Interest expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36,146

)

 

(36,146

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(32,506

)

 

(32,506

)

Income taxes & other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(30,275

)

 

(30,275

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net income attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios – P&C operations: (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

73.5

%

 

43.1

%

 

64.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

30.5

%

 

31.9

%

 

30.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combined ratio

 

 

104.0

%

 

75.0

%

 

94.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


Notes:

 

(1)

Operating expenses exclude Corporate operating expenses, shown separately.

(2)

The net results from P&C structured products and Corporate structured products include net investment income, interest expense and operating expenses of $15.3 million, $22.1 million and nil and $2.0 million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

(3)

Net fee income and other includes operating expenses from the Company’s loss prevention consulting services business and expenses related to the cost of an endorsement facility with National Indemnity Company.

(4)

The Company records the income related to the alternative funds and to the private investment fund and operating affiliates on a one month and three month lag, respectively.

(5)

Interest expense excludes interest expense related to deposit liabilities recorded in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

(6)

Ratios are based on net premiums earned from P&C operations.

21


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total P&C

 

Life
Operations

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

3,669,280

 

$

1,968,444

 

$

5,637,724

 

$

298,504

 

$

 

$

5,936,228

 

Net premiums written

 

 

2,684,938

 

 

1,628,109

 

 

4,313,047

 

 

272,635

 

 

 

 

4,585,682

 

Net premiums earned

 

 

2,713,430

 

 

1,226,923

 

 

3,940,353

 

 

272,695

 

 

 

 

4,213,048

 

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(2,163,786

)

 

(856,722

)

 

(3,020,508

)

 

(410,196

)

 

 

 

(3,430,704

)

Acquisition costs

 

 

(340,048

)

 

(244,813

)

 

(584,861

)

 

(26,281

)

 

 

 

(611,142

)

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

(488,837

)

 

(129,362

)

 

(618,199

)

 

(7,241

)

 

 

 

(625,440

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

(279,241

)

$

(3,974

)

$

(283,215

)

$

(171,023

)

$

 

$

(454,238

)

Net investment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

570,504

 

 

239,382

 

 

 

 

809,886

 

Net results from structured products (2)

 

 

8,407

 

 

9,828

 

 

18,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,235

 

Net fee income and other (3)

 

 

(12,614

)

 

2,505

 

 

(10,109

)

 

178

 

 

 

 

(9,931

)

Net realized gains (losses) on
investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(76,181

)

 

(62,154

)

 

 

 

(138,335

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from P&C, Life Operations and Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

219,234

 

$

6,383

 

$

 

$

225,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized & unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(34,299

)

$

(34,299

)

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates and operating affiliates (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,716

 

 

125,716

 

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,409

 

 

38,409

 

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(107,711

)

 

(107,711

)

Interest expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(119,383

)

 

(119,383

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(69,431

)

 

(69,431

)

Income taxes & other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,141

)

 

(18,141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net income attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

40,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios – P&C operations: (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

79.7

%

 

69.8

%

 

76.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

30.6

%

 

30.5

%

 

30.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combined ratio

 

 

110.3

%

 

100.3

%

 

107.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


Notes:

 

(1)

Operating expenses exclude Corporate operating expenses, shown separately.

(2)

The net results from P&C structured products include net investment income and interest expense of $57.0 million and $38.8 million.

(3)

Net fee income and other includes operating expenses from the Company’s loss prevention consulting services business and expenses related to the cost of an endorsement facility with National Indemnity Company.

(4)

The Company records the income related to the alternative funds and to the private investment fund and operating affiliates on a one month and three month lag, respectively.

(5)

Interest expense excludes interest expense related to deposit liabilities recorded in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

(6)

Ratios are based on net premiums earned from P&C operations.

22


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total P&C

 

Life
Operations

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

3,209,411

 

$

1,745,493

 

$

4,954,904

 

$

309,696

 

$

 

$

5,264,600

 

Net premiums written

 

 

2,435,557

 

 

1,441,644

 

 

3,877,201

 

 

287,204

 

 

 

 

4,164,405

 

Net premiums earned

 

 

2,637,825

 

 

1,110,830

 

 

3,748,655

 

 

287,918

 

 

 

 

4,036,573

 

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(1,881,502

)

 

(569,843

)

 

(2,451,345

)

 

(391,476

)

 

 

 

(2,842,821

)

Acquisition costs

 

 

(312,166

)

 

(230,448

)

 

(542,614

)

 

(37,256

)

 

 

 

(579,870

)

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

(472,057

)

 

(129,910

)

 

(601,967

)

 

(8,145

)

 

 

 

(610,112

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

(27,900

)

$

180,629

 

$

152,729

 

$

(148,959

)

$

 

$

3,770

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

610,289

 

 

234,120

 

 

 

 

844,409

 

Net results from structured products (2)

 

 

11,594

 

 

(1,577

)

 

10,017

 

 

 

 

8,305

 

 

18,322

 

Net fee income and other (3)

 

 

(11,836

)

 

1,911

 

 

(9,925

)

 

208

 

 

 

 

(9,717

)

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(154,223

)

 

(11,370

)

 

(724

)

 

(166,317

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from P&C, Life Operations and Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

608,887

 

$

73,999

 

$

7,581

 

$

690,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized & unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(27,903

)

$

(27,903

)

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates and operating affiliates (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,021

 

 

77,021

 

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,819

 

 

8,819

 

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(61,438

)

 

(61,438

)

Interest expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(111,597

)

 

(111,597

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(32,425

)

 

(32,425

)

Loss on termination of guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,500

)

 

(23,500

)

Income taxes & other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(104,016

)

 

(104,016

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net income attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

415,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios – P&C operations: (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

71.3

%

 

51.3

%

 

65.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

29.8

%

 

32.4

%

 

30.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combined ratio

 

 

101.1

%

 

83.7

%

 

95.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


Notes:

(1)

Operating expenses exclude Corporate operating expenses, shown separately.

(2)

The net results from P&C structured products and Corporate structured products include net investment income, interest expense and operating expenses of $52.2 million, $43.6 million and $1.3 million (credit) and $11.0 million, $1.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

(3)

Net fee income and other includes operating expenses from the Company’s loss prevention consulting services business and expenses related to the cost of an endorsement facility with National Indemnity Company.

(4)

The Company records the income related to the alternative funds and to the private investment fund and operating affiliates on a one month and three month lag, respectively.

(5)

Interest expense excludes interest expense related to deposit liabilities recorded in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

(6)

Ratios are based on net premiums earned from P&C operations.

23


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

          The following tables summarize the Company’s net premiums earned by line of business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011:
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Life
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casualty – professional lines

 

$

319,102

 

$

51,944

 

$

 

$

371,046

 

Casualty – other lines

 

 

179,723

 

 

64,275

 

 

 

 

243,998

 

Property catastrophe

 

 

 

 

97,158

 

 

 

 

97,158

 

Other property

 

 

119,953

 

 

161,585

 

 

 

 

281,538

 

Marine, energy, aviation and satellite

 

 

138,884

 

 

32,162

 

 

 

 

171,046

 

Other specialty lines (1)

 

 

171,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

171,514

 

Other (2)

 

 

587

 

 

25,341

 

 

 

 

25,928

 

Structured indemnity

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

304

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total P&C Operations

 

$

930,067

 

$

432,465

 

$

 

$

1,362,532

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Life

 

$

 

$

 

$

57,452

 

$

57,452

 

Annuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,342

 

 

33,342

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Life Operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

90,794

 

$

90,794

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

930,067

 

$

432,465

 

$

90,794

 

$

1,453,326

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months ended September 30, 2010:
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited
)

 

Insurance (3)

 

Reinsurance (3)

 

Life
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casualty – professional lines

 

$

326,144

 

$

58,250

 

$

 

$

384,394

 

Casualty – other lines

 

 

147,152

 

 

55,534

 

 

 

 

202,686

 

Property catastrophe

 

 

 

 

77,234

 

 

 

 

77,234

 

Other property

 

 

102,928

 

 

153,275

 

 

 

 

256,203

 

Marine, energy, aviation and satellite

 

 

133,694

 

 

24,166

 

 

 

 

157,860

 

Other specialty lines (1)

 

 

151,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,742

 

Other (2)

 

 

2,723

 

 

27,180

 

 

 

 

29,903

 

Structured indemnity

 

 

7,765

 

 

954

 

 

 

 

8,719

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total P&C Operations

 

$

872,148

 

$

396,593

 

$

 

$

1,268,741

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Life

 

$

 

$

 

$

64,208

 

$

64,208

 

Annuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,378

 

 

32,378

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Life Operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

96,586

 

$

96,586

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

872,148

 

$

396,593

 

$

96,586

 

$

1,365,327

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 



 

(1)

Other specialty lines within the Insurance segment includes: environmental, programs, equine, warranty, specie, middle markets and excess and surplus lines.

(2)

Other includes credit and surety, whole account contracts and other lines.

(3)

Certain reclassifications have been made to conform to current period presentation.

24


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

          The following tables summarize the Company’s net premiums earned by line of business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011:
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Life
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casualty – professional lines

 

$

957,399

 

$

157,577

 

$

 

$

1,114,976

 

Casualty – other lines

 

 

518,048

 

 

184,238

 

 

 

 

702,286

 

Property catastrophe

 

 

 

 

286,085

 

 

 

 

286,085

 

Other property

 

 

343,646

 

 

433,082

 

 

 

 

776,728

 

Marine, energy, aviation and satellite

 

 

393,959

 

 

101,025

 

 

 

 

494,984

 

Other specialty lines (1)

 

 

494,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

494,966

 

Other (2)

 

 

3,003

 

 

68,793

 

 

 

 

71,796

 

Structured indemnity

 

 

2,409

 

 

(3,877

)

 

 

 

(1,468

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total P&C Operations

 

$

2,713,430

 

$

1,226,923

 

$

 

$

3,940,353

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Life

 

$

 

$

 

$

172,463

 

$

172,463

 

Annuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,232

 

 

100,232

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Life Operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

272,695

 

$

272,695

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

2,713,430

 

$

1,226,923

 

$

272,695

 

$

4,213,048

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2010:
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance (3)

 

Reinsurance (3)

 

Life
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casualty – professional lines

 

$

991,271

 

$

165,635

 

$

 

$

1,156,906

 

Casualty – other lines

 

 

445,871

 

 

170,987

 

 

 

 

616,858

 

Property catastrophe

 

 

 

 

242,745

 

 

 

 

242,745

 

Other property

 

 

308,483

 

 

381,963

 

 

 

 

690,446

 

Marine, energy, aviation and satellite

 

 

408,184

 

 

66,807

 

 

 

 

474,991

 

Other specialty lines (1)

 

 

464,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

464,386

 

Other (2)

 

 

6,076

 

 

82,024

 

 

 

 

88,100

 

Structured indemnity

 

 

13,554

 

 

669

 

 

 

 

14,223

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total P&C Operations

 

$

2,637,825

 

$

1,110,830

 

$

 

$

3,748,655

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Life

 

$

 

$

 

$

193,540

 

$

193,540

 

Annuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

94,378

 

 

94,378

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Life Operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

287,918

 

$

287,918

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

2,637,825

 

$

1,110,830

 

$

287,918

 

$

4,036,573

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 



 

(1)

Other specialty lines within the Insurance segment includes: environmental, programs, equine, warranty, specie, middle markets and excess and surplus lines.

(2)

Other includes credit and surety, whole account contracts and other lines.

(3)

Certain reclassifications have been made to conform to current period presentation.

25


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments

          (a) Fixed Maturities, Short-Term Investments and Equity Securities

          Amortized Cost and Fair Value Summary

          The cost (amortized cost for fixed maturities and short-term investments), fair value, gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized (losses), including, other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) of the Company’s available for sale (“AFS”) and held to maturity (“HTM”) investments at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

September 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Cost or
Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Related to
Changes In
Estimated
Fair Value

 

OTTI
Included In
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)(1)

 

Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities – AFS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government- Related/Supported (2)

 

$

1,972,718

 

$

141,521

 

$

(5,398

)

$

 

$

2,108,841

 

Corporate (3) (4)

 

 

10,622,568

 

 

505,910

 

 

(306,574

)

 

(63,996

)

 

10,757,908

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities –Agency

 

 

5,385,140

 

 

214,790

 

 

(4,791

)

 

 

 

5,595,139

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

889,949

 

 

19,689

 

 

(113,495

)

 

(113,162

)

 

682,981

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

978,131

 

 

50,171

 

 

(4,095

)

 

(7,321

)

 

1,016,886

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

871,407

 

 

7,380

 

 

(198,340

)

 

(6,872

)

 

673,575

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

1,082,513

 

 

20,318

 

 

(19,393

)

 

(6,613

)

 

1,076,825

 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

1,648,706

 

 

76,982

 

 

(2,134

)

 

 

 

1,723,554

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government- Related/Supported (2)

 

 

3,299,110

 

 

105,747

 

 

(35,216

)

 

 

 

3,369,641

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities – AFS

 

$

26,750,242

 

$

1,142,508

 

$

(689,436

)

$

(197,964

)

$

27,005,350

 

Total short-term investments (2) (3)

 

$

367,878

 

$

191

 

$

(1,390

)

$

 

$

366,679

 

Total equity securities (5)

 

$

437,668

 

$

27,324

 

$

(55,829

)

$

 

$

409,163

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total investments – AFS

 

$

27,555,788

 

$

1,170,023

 

$

(746,655

)

$

(197,964

)

$

27,781,192

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities – HTM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government- Related/Supported (2)

 

$

10,494

 

$

1,300

 

$

 

$

 

$

11,794

 

Corporate

 

 

1,318,854

 

 

54,862

 

 

(18,122

)

 

 

 

1,355,594

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

81,923

 

 

4,898

 

 

(282

)

 

 

 

86,539

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

284,095

 

 

14,447

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

298,526

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related/Supported (2)

 

 

1,030,257

 

 

120,974

 

 

(2,250

)

 

 

 

1,148,981

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities – HTM

 

$

2,725,623

 

$

196,481

 

$

(20,670

)

$

 

$

2,901,434

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 



 

(1)

Represents the amount of OTTI losses in AOCI, which from April 1, 2009 was not included in earnings under authoritative accounting guidance.

(2)

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported, Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Provincials, Supranationals and Government-Related/Supported and Total short-term investments includes government-related securities with an amortized cost of $2,022.7 million and fair value of $2,058.5 million and U.S. Agencies with an amortized cost of $531.0 million and fair value of $581.5 million.

(3)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes have a fair value of $429.2 million and an amortized cost of $460.0 million. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(4)

Included within Corporate are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments, which are senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions. These securities have a fair value of $485.6 million and an amortized cost of $653.2 million at September 30, 2011.

(5)

Included within equity securities are investments in fixed income funds with a fair value of $91.1 million and an amortized cost of $100.0 million at September 30, 2011.

26


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          (a) Fixed Maturities, Short-Term Investments and Equity Securities (Continued)

          Amortized Cost and Fair Value Summary (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Cost or
Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Related to
Changes In
Estimated
Fair Value

 

OTTI
Included In
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)(1)

 

Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities – AFS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government- Related/Supported (2)

 

$

2,499,079

 

$

102,685

 

$

(36,320

)

$

 

$

2,565,444

 

Corporate (3) (4)

 

 

10,962,804

 

 

361,154

 

 

(281,849

)

 

(73,138

)

 

10,968,971

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities –Agency

 

 

5,059,249

 

 

153,106

 

 

(8,644

)

 

 

 

5,203,711

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

1,257,474

 

 

26,361

 

 

(133,761

)

 

(128,251

)

 

1,021,823

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,135,075

 

 

55,852

 

 

(7,960

)

 

(10,460

)

 

1,172,507

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

920,501

 

 

11,014

 

 

(188,563

)

 

(8,814

)

 

734,138

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

979,539

 

 

16,111

 

 

(26,954

)

 

(8,164

)

 

960,532

 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

1,379,150

 

 

16,755

 

 

(35,449

)

 

 

 

1,360,456

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related/Supported (2)

 

 

3,129,971

 

 

70,499

 

 

(45,947

)

 

 

 

3,154,523

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities – AFS

 

$

27,322,842

 

$

813,537

 

$

(765,447

)

$

(228,827

)

$

27,142,105

 

Total short-term investments (2) (3)

 

$

450,491

 

$

680

 

$

(490

)

$

 

$

450,681

 

Total equity securities

 

$

56,737

 

$

28,083

 

$

(53

)

$

 

$

84,767

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total investments – AFS

 

$

27,830,070

 

$

842,300

 

$

(765,990

)

$

(228,827

)

$

27,677,553

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities – HTM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government- Related/Supported (2)

 

$

10,541

 

$

164

 

$

(9

)

$

 

$

10,696

 

Corporate

 

 

1,337,797

 

 

6,370

 

 

(16,325

)

 

 

 

1,327,842

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

82,763

 

 

634

 

 

(546

)

 

 

 

82,851

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

287,109

 

 

1,134

 

 

(1,410

)

 

 

 

286,833

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related/Supported (2)

 

 

1,010,125

 

 

30,680

 

 

(6,401

)

 

 

 

1,034,404

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities – HTM

 

$

2,728,335

 

$

38,982

 

$

(24,691

)

$

 

$

2,742,626

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 



 

(1)

Represents the amount of OTTI losses in AOCI, which from April 1, 2009 was not included in earnings under authoritative accounting guidance.

(2)

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported, Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Provincials, Supranationals and Government-Related/Supported and Total short-term investments includes government-related securities with an amortized cost of $2,101.0 million and fair value of $2,131.2 million and U.S. Agencies with an amortized cost of $1,019.2 million and fair value of $1,072.6 million.

(3)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes have a fair value of $454.8 million and an amortized cost of $504.6 million. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(4)

Included within Corporate are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments, which are senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions. These securities have a fair value of $757.8 million and an amortized cost of $883.0 million at December 31, 2010.

27


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          (a) Fixed Maturities, Short-Term Investments and Equity Securities (Continued)

          Amortized Cost and Fair Value Summary (continued)

          At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, approximately 2.7% and 3.5%, respectively, of the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio at fair value was invested in securities which were below investment grade or not rated. Approximately 27.9% and 29.4% of the gross unrealized losses in the Company’s fixed income securities portfolio at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, related to securities that were below investment grade or not rated.

          Classification of Fixed Income Securities

          During the third quarter of 2011, the Company changed the manner in which it classifies fixed income securities between Fixed maturities and Short-term investments on the balance sheet and related note disclosures. Short-term investments under the Company’s previous classification comprised investments with a remaining maturity of less than one year from the reporting date. Under this prior presentation, longer term securities were reclassified from Fixed maturities to Short-term investments as they neared maturity. Under the Company’s new classification, Short-term investments include investments due to mature within one year from the date of purchase and are valued using the same external factors and in the same manner as Fixed maturities. No reclassifications will be made between Fixed maturities and Short-term investments subsequent to the initial date of purchase. The Company’s new accounting classification aligns its presentation with that of its peer companies.

          This change in classification did not have an impact the total value of investments available for sale on the balance sheet, nor did it impact the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity or cash flows. The only impact, other than the changes in the balance sheet line items, are changes required within the detailed tables included within this note as well as Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” to allocate securities previously classified as Short-term investments under the former practice into the appropriate categories of Fixed maturities within each table to conform to the new accounting presentation for current and comparative periods.

          During 2009 and 2010, the Company elected to hold certain fixed income securities to maturity. Consistent with this intention, the Company reclassified these securities from AFS to HTM in the consolidated financial statements. As a result of this classification, these fixed income securities are reflected in the HTM portfolio and recorded at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheets and not fair value. The HTM portfolio is comprised of long duration non-U.S. securities, which are Euro and U.K. sterling denominated. The Company believes this HTM strategy is achievable due to the relatively stable and predictable cash flows of the Company’s long-term liabilities within its Life operations segment, along with its ability to substitute other assets at a future date in the event that liquidity was required due to changes in expected cash flows or other transactions entered into related to the long-term liabilities supported by the HTM portfolio. At September 30, 2011, 98.1% of the HTM securities were rated A or higher. The unrealized appreciation at the dates of these reclassifications continues to be reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and is being amortized over the remaining lives of the securities as an adjustment to yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of any premium or discount. At the time of the reclassifications, the unrealized U.S. dollar equivalent appreciation related to securities reclassified was $127.4 million in total, with $113.9 million and $119.0 million unamortized at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

28


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          (a) Fixed Maturities, Short-Term Investments and Equity Securities (Continued)

          Contractual Maturities Summary

          The contractual maturities of AFS and HTM fixed income securities are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
September 30, 2011 (1)

 

December 31, 2010 (1)

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities - AFS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due less than one year

 

$

1,920,273

 

$

1,918,659

 

$

1,552,612

 

$

1,546,050

 

Due after 1 through 5 years

 

 

8,392,810

 

 

8,582,509

 

 

8,807,515

 

 

8,936,246

 

Due after 5 through 10 years

 

 

3,471,196

 

 

3,653,936

 

 

3,733,842

 

 

3,857,055

 

Due after 10 years

 

 

3,758,823

 

 

3,804,840

 

 

3,877,035

 

 

3,710,043

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

17,543,102

 

 

17,959,944

 

 

17,971,004

 

 

18,049,394

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

5,385,140

 

 

5,595,139

 

 

5,059,249

 

 

5,203,711

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

889,949

 

 

682,981

 

 

1,257,474

 

 

1,021,823

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

978,131

 

 

1,016,886

 

 

1,135,075

 

 

1,172,507

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

871,407

 

 

673,575

 

 

920,501

 

 

734,138

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

1,082,513

 

 

1,076,825

 

 

979,539

 

 

960,532

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

9,207,140

 

 

9,045,406

 

 

9,351,838

 

 

9,092,711

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities - AFS

 

$

26,750,242

 

$

27,005,350

 

$

27,322,842

 

$

27,142,105

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities - HTM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due less than one year

 

$

11,263

 

$

11,237

 

$

 

$

 

Due after 1 through 5 years

 

 

124,921

 

 

125,889

 

 

125,449

 

 

125,416

 

Due after 5 through 10 years

 

 

393,059

 

 

400,583

 

 

348,797

 

 

346,494

 

Due after 10 years

 

 

1,830,362

 

 

1,978,660

 

 

1,884,217

 

 

1,901,032

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

2,359,605

 

 

2,516,369

 

 

2,358,463

 

 

2,372,942

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

81,923

 

 

86,539

 

 

82,763

 

 

82,851

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

284,095

 

 

298,526

 

 

287,109

 

 

286,833

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

366,018

 

 

385,065

 

 

369,872

 

 

369,684

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities - HTM

 

$

2,725,623

 

$

2,901,434

 

$

2,728,335

 

$

2,742,626

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Included in the table above are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments, which are senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions, at their fair value of $485.6 million and $757.8 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. These securities are reflected in the table based on their call date and have net unrealized losses of $167.6 million and $143.7 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

          OTTI Considerations

          Under final authoritative accounting guidance, a debt security for which amortized cost exceeds fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired if it meets either of the following conditions: (a) the Company intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the security before a recovery in value, or (b) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.Other than in a situation in which the Company has the intent to sell a debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell a debt security, the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss on the security is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors (e.g., interest rates, market conditions, etc.) is recorded as a component of OCI. The net amount recognized in earnings (“credit loss impairments”) represents the difference between the amortized cost of the security and the net present value of its projected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate implicit in the debt security prior to impairment (“NPV”). The remaining difference between the security’s NPV and its fair value is recognized in OCI. Subsequent changes in the fair value of these securities are included in OCI unless a further impairment is deemed to have occurred.

          In the scenario where the Company has the intent to sell a security in which its amortized cost exceeds its fair value, or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell such a security, the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost and its fair value is recognized in earnings.

29


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          Fixed Maturities, Short-Term Investments and Equity Securities (Continued)

          OTTI Considerations (continued)

          The determination of credit losses is based on detailed analyses of underlying cash flows. Such analyses require the use of certain assumptions to develop the estimated performance of underlying collateral. Key assumptions used include, but are not limited to, items such as RMBS default rates based on collateral duration in arrears, severity of losses on default by collateral class, collateral reinvestment rates and expected future general corporate default rates.

          Factors considered in determining that a gross unrealized loss is not other-than-temporarily impaired include management’s consideration of current and near term liquidity needs and other available sources of funds, an evaluation of the factors and time necessary for recovery and an assessment of whether the Company has the intention to sell or considers it more likely than not that it will be forced to sell a security.

           (b) Gross Unrealized Losses

          The following is an analysis of how long the AFS and HTM securities at September 30, 2011 had been in a continual unrealized loss position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

Equal to or greater
than 12 months

 

 

 


 


 

September 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses (1)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities and short-term investments - AFS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

344,783

 

$

(1,977

)

$

47,632

 

$

(4,203

)

Corporate (2) (3)

 

 

1,566,237

 

 

(71,007

)

 

1,307,126

 

 

(299,904

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

267,693

 

 

(1,362

)

 

32,129

 

 

(3,429

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

112,395

 

 

(31,710

)

 

481,732

 

 

(194,947

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

103,931

 

 

(4,297

)

 

38,618

 

 

(7,119

)

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

3,407

 

 

(2,330

)

 

657,586

 

 

(202,882

)

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

105,127

 

 

(2,075

)

 

168,434

 

 

(23,931

)

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

46,831

 

 

(288

)

 

48,906

 

 

(1,855

)

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

298,381

 

 

(5,338

)

 

369,254

 

 

(30,136

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities and short-term investments - AFS

 

$

2,848,785

 

$

(120,384

)

$

3,151,417

 

$

(768,406

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total equity securities (4)

 

$

370,535

 

$

(55,829

)

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities – HTM:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Corporate

 

 

236,991

 

 

(16,006

)

 

26,861

 

 

(2,116

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

11,411

 

 

(282

)

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

1,118

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related/Supported

 

 

22,868

 

 

(2,250

)

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities – HTM

 

$

272,388

 

$

(18,554

)

$

26,861

 

$

(2,116

)

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

On securities impacted by the April 1, 2009 changes to OTTI values, length of time of impairment is measured from the point at which securities returned to a net unrealized loss position (i.e., from April 1, 2009).

 

 

(2)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes, which are in a gross unrealized loss position, have a fair value of $429.2 million and an amortized cost of $460.0 million. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

 

 

(3)

Included within Corporate are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments, which are senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions. These securities, which are in a gross unrealized loss position, have a fair value of $485.6 million and an amortized cost of $653.2 million at September 30, 2011.

 

 

(4)

Included within equity securities are investments in fixed income funds with a fair value of $91.1 million and an amortized cost of $100.0 million at September 30, 2011.

 

 

 

30


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

           (b) Gross Unrealized Losses (Continued)

          The following is an analysis of how long the AFS and HTM securities at December 31, 2010 had been in a continual unrealized loss position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

Equal to or greater
than 12 months

 

 

 


 


 

December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses (1)

 

Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses (1)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities and short-term investments - AFS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

307,082

 

$

(25,482

)

$

117,394

 

$

(10,417

)

Corporate (2) (3)

 

 

2,271,887

 

 

(80,276

)

 

1,627,083

 

 

(275,023

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

280,390

 

 

(6,736

)

 

34,186

 

 

(1,913

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

40,052

 

 

(2,574

)

 

843,168

 

 

(259,715

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

46,419

 

 

(2,472

)

 

69,475

 

 

(15,967

)

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

2,500

 

 

(51

)

 

715,295

 

 

(197,535

)

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

122,548

 

 

(1,619

)

 

226,946

 

 

(33,546

)

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

734,893

 

 

(30,033

)

 

40,907

 

 

(5,452

)

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

459,686

 

 

(5,116

)

 

418,322

 

 

(40,837

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities and short-term investments - AFS

 

$

4,265,457

 

$

(154,359

)

$

4,092,776

 

$

(840,405

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total equity securities

 

$

158

 

$

(53

)

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities – HTM:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

1,755

 

$

(9

)

$

 

$

 

Corporate

 

 

764,397

 

 

(16,325

)

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

37,899

 

 

(546

)

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

232,673

 

 

(1,410

)

 

 

 

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related/Supported

 

 

175,382

 

 

(6,401

)

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities – HTM

 

$

1,212,106

 

$

(24,691

)

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

On securities impacted by the April 1, 2009 changes to OTTI values, length of time of impairment is measured from the point at which securities returned to a net unrealized loss position (i.e., from April 1, 2009).

(2)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes have a fair value of $370.8 million and an amortized cost of $423.9 million. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(3)

Included within Corporate are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions. These securities have a fair value of $757.8 million and an amortized cost of $883.0 million at December 31, 2010.

          The Company had gross unrealized losses totaling $944.7 million on 1,996 securities out of a total of 7,197 held at September 30, 2011 on its available for sale portfolio and $20.7 million on 43 securities out of a total of 213 held on its held-to-maturity portfolio, which it considers to be temporarily impaired or includes non-credit losses on other-than-temporary impairments. Individual security positions comprising this balance have been evaluated by management to determine the severity of these impairments and whether they should be considered other-than-temporary.

31


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          (b) Gross Unrealized Losses (Continued)

          Gross unrealized losses of $944.7 million on available for sale and $20.7 million on HTM assets at September 30, 2011 can be attributed to the following significant drivers:

 

 

 

 

gross unrealized losses of $226.9 million related to the Non-Agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) portfolio (which consists of the Company’s holdings of sub-prime Non-Agency securities, second liens, asset-backed securities (“ABS”) CDOs with sub-prime collateral, Alt-A mortgage exposures and Prime RMBS), which had a fair value of $764.9 million at September 30, 2011. The Company, in conjunction with its investment manager service providers, undertook a security level review of these securities and recognized charges to the extent it believed the discounted cash flow value of any security was below its amortized cost. The Company has recognized realized losses, consisting of charges for OTTI and realized losses from sales, of approximately $1.4 billion since the beginning of 2007 through September 30, 2011 on these asset classes.

 

 

 

 

gross unrealized losses of $297.9 million related to the Company’s Life operations investment portfolio, which had a fair value of $6.6 billion at September 30, 2011. Of these gross unrealized losses, $193.9 million related to $1.3 billion of exposures to corporate financial institutions, including $358.7 million Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities. At September 30, 2011, this portfolio had an average interest rate duration of 8.5 years, primarily denominated in U.K. sterling and Euros. As a result of the long duration, significant gross losses have arisen as the fair values of these securities are more sensitive to prevailing government interest rates and credit spreads. This portfolio is generally matched to corresponding long duration liabilities. A hypothetical parallel increase in interest rates and credit spreads of 50 and 25 basis points, respectively, would increase the unrealized losses related to this portfolio at September 30, 2011 by approximately $270.0 million and $102.5 million, respectively, on both the available for sale and HTM portfolios. Given the long term nature of this portfolio, the level of credit spreads on financial institutions at September 30, 2011 relative to historical averages within the U.K. and Euro-zone, and the Company’s liquidity needs at September 30, 2011, the Company believes that these assets will continue to be held until such time as they mature, or credit spreads on financial institutions revert to levels more consistent with historical averages.

 

 

 

 

gross unrealized losses of $205.1 million related to the non-life portfolio of Core CDO holdings (defined by the Company as investments in non-subprime CDOs), which consisted primarily of collateral loan obligations (“CLOs”) and had a fair value of $671.9 million at September 30, 2011. The Company evaluated each of these securities in conjunction with its investment manager service providers and recognized charges to the extent it believed the discounted cash flow value of the security was below the amortized cost. The Company believes that the level of impairment is primarily a function of continually wide spreads in the CDO market, driven by the level of illiquidity in this market. The Company believes it is likely these securities will be held until either maturity or a recovery of value.

 

 

 

 

gross unrealized losses of $163.3 million related to the corporate holdings within the Company’s non-life fixed income portfolios, which had a fair value of $8.6 billion at September 30, 2011. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, as a result of declining credit spreads, the gross unrealized losses on these holdings has decreased. Of the gross unrealized losses noted above, $91.5 million relate to financial institutions. In addition, $34.9 million relate to medium term notes primarily supported by pools of investment grade European credit with varying degrees of leverage. These had a fair value of $398.6 million at September 30, 2011. Management believes that expected cash flows from these bonds over the expected holding period will be sufficient to support the remaining reported amortized cost.

          Management, in its assessment of whether securities in a gross unrealized loss position are temporarily impaired, considers the significance of the impairments. The Company had structured credit securities with gross unrealized losses of $80.4 million, with a fair value of $41.0 million, which at September 30, 2011 had cumulative fair value declines of greater than 50% of amortized costs. All of these are mortgage and asset-backed securities. The Company, in conjunction with its investment manager service providers, undertook a security level review of these securities and recognized charges to the extent it believed the discounted cash flow value of any security was below its amortized cost. These securities include gross unrealized losses of $57.1 million on non-Agency RMBS, $22.5 million on Core CDOs and $0.7 million of commercial mortgage-backed security (“CMBS”) holdings.

32


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          (c) Net Realized Gains (Losses)

          The following represents an analysis of net realized gains (losses) on investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Gross realized gains

 

$

55,625

 

$

55,572

 

$

143,804

 

$

118,714

 

Gross realized losses on investments sold

 

 

(51,164

)

 

(86,365

)

 

(150,703

)

 

(149,465

)

OTTI on investments, net of amounts transferred to other comprehensive income

 

 

(66,815

)

 

(37,962

)

 

(131,436

)

 

(135,566

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net realized (losses) on investments

 

$

(62,354

)

$

(68,755

)

$

(138,335

)

$

(166,317

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

          The Company recorded net impairment charges of $66.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011. The components of the impairments include:

 

 

 

 

For structured credit securities, the Company recorded net impairments of $32.8 million principally on non-Agency RMBS. The Company determined that the likely recovery on these securities was below the carrying value, and, accordingly, recorded an impairment on the securities to the discounted value of the cash flows of these securities.

 

 

 

 

For corporate securities, excluding medium term notes, the Company recorded net impairments totaling $6.5 million, principally on hybrid securities.

 

 

 

 

For medium term notes backed primarily by investment grade European credit, the Company recorded net impairments of $6.1 million. The Company adjusted the estimated remaining holding period of certain notes resulting in a shorter reinvestment spectrum.

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded impairments of $21.4 million related to foreign exchange losses arising on U.S. Dollar denominated securities held in a Swiss franc functional currency entity. These foreign exchange losses are recorded as part of the foreign currency revaluation process; however, because the Company’s consolidated reporting currency is U.S. dollars, the foreign exchange impairment recorded on these securities is fully offset by a cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment gain recorded upon the consolidation of the foreign currency entity.

          The following table sets forth the amount of credit loss impairments on fixed income securities held by the Company as of the dates indicated, for which a portion of the OTTI loss was recognized in OCI, and the corresponding changes in such amounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTTI related to Credit Losses recognized in earnings

 

 

 


 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Opening balance

 

$

315,844

 

$

423,041

 

$

426,372

 

$

537,121

 

Credit loss impairment recognized in the current period on securities not previously impaired

 

 

10,478

 

 

5,342

 

 

26,384

 

 

24,800

 

Credit loss impairments previously recognized on securities that matured, paid down, prepaid or were sold during the period

 

 

(16,448

)

 

(36,046

)

 

(180,475

)

 

(74,024

)

Credit loss impairments previously recognized on securities impaired to fair value during the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(130,891

)

Additional credit loss impairments recognized in the current period on securities previously impaired

 

 

35,574

 

 

26,280

 

 

74,372

 

 

76,498

 

Accretion of credit loss impairments previously recognized due to an increase in cash flows expected to be collected

 

 

(2,173

)

 

(6,361

)

 

(3,378

)

 

(21,248

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Balance, September 30

 

$

343,275

 

$

412,256

 

$

343,275

 

$

412,256

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          The $16.4 million and $180.5 million of credit loss impairment previously recognized on securities that matured, or were paid down, prepaid or sold during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 includes $8.3 million and $120.9 million, respectively, of non-Agency RMBS.

33


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

        (d) Affiliate Investments

          During the third quarter, the Company sold its interests in an investment manager affiliate for total proceeds of $35.0 million and a gain of $25.3 million. In addition, this transaction includes the potential for additional amounts to be paid to the Company during 2013 and 2014 subject to the investment manager meeting certain performance targets. These amounts, if any, will be recorded when known with certainty.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

          The Company has goodwill of $826.4 million as at September 30, 2011, of which $428.2 million relates to the Company’s Insurance segment while $398.2 million relates to the Company’s Reinsurance segment. The estimated fair values of these reporting units exceeded their net book values as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and therefore no impairments were recorded during either period. At September 30, 2011, the ending goodwill balance is comprised of gross goodwill of $1.82 billion offset by accumulated impairment charges of $990 million.

          The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, which did not result in any goodwill impairments. Management have evaluated the sensitivity of the fair value calculations of our goodwill impairment test and concluded that relatively small changes to key assumptions such as discount rate, the terminal value, expected future revenues, gross margins and operating margins could result in a calculated fair value insufficient to support the current level of goodwill in certain businesses. Management have concluded that the prolonged weakened market conditions have resulted in the range of calculated fair values used for testing impairment in its reporting units being sufficiently close to the current net book values to warrant quarterly analysis until market conditions improve. Although the results of the analysis did not indicate the need for any impairment charges, if current economic conditions persist or deterioration in the overall financial markets in general occurs, it could result in goodwill impairments in the future.

          For further detailed information regarding the Company’s goodwill impairment testing methodology see Item 8, Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in the Company’s Annual Report on 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

34


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivative Instruments

          The Company enters into derivative instruments for both risk management and investment purposes. The Company is exposed to potential loss from various market risks, and manages its market risks based on guidelines established by management. The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measures those instruments at fair value with the changes in fair value of derivatives shown in the consolidated statement of income as “net realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments” unless the derivatives are designated as hedging instruments. The accounting for derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments is described in Item 8, Note 2(h), “Significant Accounting Policies – Derivative Instruments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          The following table summarizes information on the location and gross amounts of derivative fair values contained in the consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
September 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Asset
Derivative
Notional
Amount

 

Asset
Derivative
Fair
Value (1)

 

Liability
Derivative
Notional
Amount

 

Liability
Derivative
Fair
Value (1)

 

Asset
Derivative
Notional
Amount

 

Asset
Derivative
Fair
Value (1)

 

Liability
Derivative
Notional
Amount

 

Liability
Derivative
Fair
Value (1)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts (2)

 

$

159,056

 

$

107,707

 

$

 

$

 

$

161,028

 

$

74,368

 

$

 

$

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

2,526,764

 

 

84,936

 

 

41,630

 

 

(1,368

)

 

1,850,092

 

 

43,226

 

 

244,731

 

 

(12,161

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

$

2,685,820

 

$

192,643

 

$

41,630

 

 

(1,368

)

$

2,011,120

 

$

117,594

 

$

244,731

 

 

(12,161

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Related Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

104,614

 

$

1,390

 

$

4,128

 

$

(49

)

$

117,689

 

$

281

 

$

41,063

 

$

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

95,626

 

 

3,023

 

 

372,456

 

 

(14,254

)

 

82,395

 

 

1,377

 

 

272,724

 

 

(6,329

)

Credit exposure

 

 

212,500

 

 

6,004

 

 

419,513

 

 

(7,847

)

 

128,450

 

 

8,143

 

 

532,000

 

 

(5,295

)

Financial market exposure

 

 

121,107

 

 

653

 

 

22,668

 

 

(2,334

)

 

135,912

 

 

705

 

 

4,575

 

 

(27

)

Commodity futures

 

 

4,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Operations Derivatives: (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit exposure (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,936

 

 

(25,887

)

 

 

 

 

 

246,292

 

 

(25,887

)

Other Non-Investment Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent capital facility

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed minimum income benefit contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,957

 

 

(22,050

)

 

 

 

 

 

80,025

 

 

(21,190

)

Modified coinsurance funds withheld contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,509

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

$

888,303

 

$

11,070

 

$

1,146,833

 

$

(72,421

)

$

814,446

 

$

10,506

 

$

1,249,188

 

$

(58,728

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

(1)

Derivative instruments in an asset or liability position are included within Other Assets or Other Liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.

(2)

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company held net cash collateral related to these derivative positions of $54.0 million and $23.0 million, respectively. The collateral balance is included within cash and cash equivalents and the corresponding liability to return the collateral has been offset against the derivative positions within the balance sheet as appropriate under the netting agreement.

(3)

Financial operations derivatives represent interests in variable interest entities as described in Note 11, “Variable Interest Entities.”

35


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (a) Derivative Instruments Designated as Fair Value Hedges

          The Company designates certain of its derivative instruments as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges and formally and contemporaneously documents all relationships between the hedging instruments and hedged items and links the hedging derivative to specific assets and liabilities. The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedge, both at inception and on an on-going basis and determines whether the hedge is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the linked hedged item.

          At September 30, 2011 and 2010, a portion of the Company’s liabilities were hedged against changes in the applicable designated benchmark interest rate. Interest rate swaps are also used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain fixed rate liabilities and fixed income securities due to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate. In addition, the Company utilizes foreign exchange contracts to hedge the fair value of certain fixed income securities as well as to hedge certain net investments in foreign operations.

          On October 27, 2010, the Company settled three interest rate contracts designated as fair value hedges of certain of the Company’s deposit liability contracts. The derivative contracts were settled for a gain of $149.5 million. The cumulative increase recorded to the carrying value of the deposit liability, representing the effective portion of the hedging relationship, will be amortized through interest expense over the remaining term of the deposit liability contracts. From the date of settlement through September 30, 2011, $7.5 million of the balance was recorded as a reduction of interest expense. The remaining balance of $142.0 million will be amortized over the weighted average period of 34.3 years remaining on these deposit contracts.

          On June 7, 2010, the Company settled interest rate contracts designated as fair value hedges of certain issues of the Company’s notes payable and debt. The derivative contracts were settled for a gain of $21.6 million. The cumulative increase recorded to the carrying value of the hedged notes payable and debt, representing the effective portion of the hedging relationship, will be amortized through interest expense over the remaining term of the debt. From the date of settlement through September 30, 2011, $9.2 million of the balance was recorded as a reduction of interest expense. The remaining balance of $12.5 million will be amortized over the weighted average period of 2.8 years remaining to maturity of the debt.

          The following table provides the total impact on earnings relating to derivative instruments formally designated as fair value hedges along with the impacts of the related hedged items for the three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Hedged Items – Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income Attributable to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges:

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivative

 

Deposit
Liabilities

 

Fixed
Maturity
Investments

 

Notes
Payable and
Debt

 

Ineffective
Portion of
Hedging
Relationship –
Gain/ (Loss)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

20,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

18,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

38,733

 

$

(21,659

)

$

(18,116

)

$

 

$

(1,042

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Hedged Items – Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income Attributable to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges:

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivative

 

Deposit
Liabilities

 

Fixed
Maturity
Investments

 

Notes
Payable and
Debt

 

Ineffective
Portion of
Hedging
Relationship –
Gain/ (Loss)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

(43,698

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

(33,124

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

(76,822

)

$

53,417

 

$

23,646

 

$

 

$

241

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

36


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (a) Derivative Instruments Designated as Fair Value Hedges (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Hedged Items – Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income Attributable to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges:

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivative

 

Deposit
Liabilities

 

Fixed
Maturity
Investments

 

Notes
Payable and
Debt

 

Ineffective
Portion of
Hedging
Relationship –
Gain/ (Loss)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

25,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

(3,084

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

22,282

 

$

(25,950

)

$

2,890

 

$

 

$

(778

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Hedged Items – Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income Attributable to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges:

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivative

 

Deposit
Liabilities

 

Fixed
Maturity
Investments

 

Notes
Payable and
Debt

 

Ineffective
Portion of
Hedging
Relationship –
Gain/ (Loss)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

48,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

15,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

63,771

 

$

(33,326

)

$

(22,688

)

$

(15,940

)

$

(8,183

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

          The gains (losses) recorded on both the derivative instruments and specific items designated as being hedged as part of the fair value hedging relationships outlined above are recorded through net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments in the income statement along with any associated ineffectiveness in the relationships. In addition, the periodic coupon settlements relating to the interest rate swaps are recorded as adjustments to net investment income for the hedges of fixed maturity investments and as adjustments to interest expense for the hedges of deposit liabilities and notes payable and debt.

          The periodic coupon settlements resulted in an increase to net investment income of nil for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and decreases to net investment income of $0.3 million and $2.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

          The periodic coupon settlements resulted in decreases to interest expense of $2.6 million and $7.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, and decreases to interest expense of $10.6 million and $45.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

          (b) Derivative Instruments Designated as Hedges of the Net Investment in a Foreign Operation

          The Company utilizes foreign exchange contracts to hedge the fair value of certain net investments in foreign operations. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company entered into foreign exchange contracts that were formally designated as hedges of investments in foreign subsidiaries, the majority of which have functional currencies of either U.K. sterling or the Euro.

          The U.S. dollar equivalent of foreign denominated net assets of $2.0 billion and $1.7 billion was hedged during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, which resulted in a derivative gain of $75.1 million and $5.9 million, respectively, being recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment account within AOCI for each period. There was no ineffectiveness resulting from these transactions.

          The U.S. dollar equivalent of foreign denominated net assets of $1.4 billion and $0.8 billion was hedged during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, which resulted in a derivative loss of $59.2 million and $16.6 million, respectively, being recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment account within AOCI for each period. There was no ineffectiveness resulting from these transactions.

37


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (c) Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

          The following table provides the total impact on earnings relating to derivative instruments not formally designated as hedging instruments under authoritative accounting guidance. The impacts are all recorded through Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives in the income statement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative

 

 

 


 

(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended September
30,

 

Nine Months Ended September
30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Related Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

2,559

 

$

(3,500

)

$

(1,720

)

$

1,406

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

(23,214

)

 

16,339

 

 

(5,763

)

 

(11,672

)

Credit exposure

 

 

5,207

 

 

(3,393

)

 

(8,452

)

 

(2,250

)

Financial market exposure

 

 

(6,914

)

 

58

 

 

(6,077

)

 

193

 

Commodity exposure

 

 

(390

)

 

 

 

(262

)

 

 

Financial Operations Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit exposure

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

331

 

 

(7,317

)

Other Non-Investment Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent capital facility

 

 

(2,075

)

 

(2,075

)

 

(6,158

)

 

(6,158

)

Guaranteed minimum income benefit contract

 

 

(2,038

)

 

173

 

 

(860

)

 

(902

)

Modified coinsurance funds withheld contract

 

 

966

 

 

4,605

 

 

(4,560

)

 

6,980

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

(25,874

)

 

12,232

 

 

(33,521

)

 

(19,720

)

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in income from ineffective portion of fair value hedges

 

 

(1,042

)

 

241

 

 

(778

)

 

(8,183

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

$

(26,916

)

$

12,473

 

$

(34,299

)

$

(27,903

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

          The Company’s objectives in using these derivatives are explained in sections (d) and (e) of this note.

        (c)(i) Investment Related Derivatives

          The Company, either directly or through its investment managers, may, subject to investment guidelines, use derivative instruments within its investment portfolio, including interest rate swaps, inflation swaps, credit derivatives (single name and index credit default swaps), options, forward contracts and financial futures (foreign exchange, bond and stock index futures), primarily as a means of economically hedging exposures to interest rate, credit spread, equity price changes and foreign currency risk or in limited instances for investment purposes. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by the counterparties under any swap contracts, although the Company generally seeks to use credit support arrangements with counterparties to help manage this risk.

          Investment Related Derivatives – Interest Rate Exposure

          The Company utilizes risk management and overlay strategies that incorporate the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily to manage its fixed income portfolio duration and exposure to interest rate risks associated with certain of its assets and liabilities primarily in relation to certain legacy other financial lines and structured indemnity transactions. The Company may use interest rate swaps to convert certain liabilities from a fixed rate to a variable rate of interest and may also use them to convert a variable rate of interest from one basis to another.

          Investment Related Derivatives – Foreign Exchange Exposure

          The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage its exposure to the effects of fluctuating foreign currencies on the value of certain of its foreign currency fixed maturities primarily within its Life operations portfolio. These contracts are not designated as specific hedges for financial reporting purposes and, therefore, realized and unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are recorded in income in the period in which they occur. These contracts generally have maturities of twelve months or less.

          The Company has exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations through its operations and in its investment portfolio.

38


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (c)(i) Investment Related Derivatives (Continued)

          Investment Related Derivatives – Credit Exposure

          Credit derivatives are purchased within the Company’s investment portfolio in the form of single name and basket credit default swaps, which are used to mitigate credit exposure through a reduction in credit spread duration (i.e., macro credit strategies rather than single-name credit hedging) or exposure to selected issuers, including issuers that are not held in the underlying bond portfolio.

          Investment Related Derivatives – Financial Market Exposure

          Stock index futures may be purchased within the Company’s investment portfolio in order to create synthetic equity exposure and to add value to the portfolio with overlay strategies where market inefficiencies are believed to exist. The Company previously wrote a number of resettable strike swaps contracts relating to an absolute return index and diversified baskets of funds. From time to time, the Company may enter into other financial market exposure derivative contracts on various indices including, but not limited to, inflation and commodity contracts.

          (c)(ii) Financial Operations Derivatives – Credit Exposure

          The Company held credit derivative exposures through a limited number of contracts written as part of the Company’s previous financial lines businesses, and through the Company’s prior reinsurance agreements with Syncora, as described below. Following the secondary sale of Syncora common shares, the Company retained some credit derivative exposures written by Syncora and certain of its subsidiaries through reinsurance agreements that had certain derivatives exposures embedded within them. The change in value of the derivative portion of the financial guarantee reinsurance agreements the Company had with Syncora was included in “Net (loss) income from operating affiliates.” Following the closing of the Master Agreement during August 2008, as described in Item 8, Note 4, “Syncora Holdings Ltd,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, which terminated certain reinsurance and other agreements, these credit derivative exposures were eliminated by virtue of the commutation of the relevant reinsurance agreements.

          At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the credit derivative exposures outside of the Company’s investment portfolio consisted of two contracts written by the Company: one provides credit protection on the senior tranches of a structured finance transaction; the other is a European project finance loan participation. The two contracts have an aggregate outstanding exposure of $158.7 million ($154.4 million principal and $4.3 million interest), and $246.3 million ($226.4 million principal and $19.9 million interest), weighted average contractual term to maturity of 4.4 years and 5.3 years, a total liability recorded of $25.9 million and $25.9 million, and underlying obligations with an average credit rating of BB+ and B-, at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

          The credit protection related to the structured finance transaction is a credit default swap that was executed in 2000. The underlying collateral is predominantly securitized pools of leveraged loans and bonds. The transaction is in compliance with most of the coverage tests except the mezzanine overcollateralization tests. As a result, both interest and principal proceeds are currently redirected to amortize the most senior notes, which reduces the Company’s exposure sooner than originally anticipated. Management continues to monitor its underlying performance. The European project finance loan participation benefits from an 80% deficiency guarantee from the German state and federal governments.

          At September 30, 2011, there were no reported events of default on these obligations. Credit derivatives are recorded at fair value, which is determined using models developed by the Company and is dependent upon a number of factors, including changes in interest rates, future default rates, credit spreads, changes in credit quality, future expected recovery rates and other market factors. The change resulting from movements in credit and credit quality spreads is unrealized as the credit derivatives are not traded to realize this resultant value.

39


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (c)(iii) Other Non-Investment Derivatives

          The Company entered into derivatives as part of its contingent capital facility, including put options, interest rate swaps and asset return swaps. These derivatives are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings.

          The Company also has derivatives embedded in certain reinsurance contracts. For a particular life reinsurance contract, the Company pays the ceding company a fixed amount equal to the estimated present value of the excess of guaranteed benefit GMIB over the account balance upon the policyholder’s election to take the income benefit. The fair value of this derivative is determined based on the present value of expected cash flows. In addition, the Company has modified coinsurance and funds withheld reinsurance agreements that provide for a return based on a portfolio of fixed income securities. As such, the agreements contain embedded derivatives. The embedded derivative is bifurcated from the funds withheld balance and recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings through net realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments.

          (d) Contingent Credit Features

          Certain derivatives agreements entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries contain rating downgrade provisions that permit early termination of the agreement by the counterparty if collateral is not posted following failure to maintain certain credit ratings from one or more of the principal credit rating agencies. If the Company were required to early terminate such agreements due to rating downgrade, it could potentially be in a net liability position at time of settlement. The aggregate fair value of all derivatives agreements containing such rating downgrade provisions that were in a net liability position on September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $28.5 million and $25.9 million, respectively. The Company posted collateral of $2.1 million and nil under these agreements at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

8. Share Capital

           (a) Authorized and Issued

          As described in further detail in Item 8, Note 20, “Share Capital,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, on November 2, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a share buyback program, authorizing the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of its ordinary shares. During 2010, the Company purchased and canceled 6.9 million ordinary shares under this program for $144.0 million. During the first half of 2011, the Company purchased and canceled 11.6 million ordinary shares under this program for $257.9 million. During the third quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and canceled 15.1 million ordinary shares under this program for $307.7 million. All share buybacks were carried out by way of redemption in accordance with Irish law and the Company’s constitutional documents. All shares so redeemed were canceled upon redemption. At September 30, 2011, $290.4 million remained available to be used for purchases under this program and no further buybacks have been made in the subsequent period to November 1, 2011.

           (b) Preferred shares and Non-controlling Interest in Equity of Consolidated Subsidiaries

          In August 2011, in accordance with the terms of the 10.75% equity security units (the “10.75% Units”), XL-Cayman purchased and retired all of the 8.25% senior notes due August 2021 (the “8.25% Senior Notes”) for $575 million in a remarketing. These notes comprised a part of the 10.75% Units. The proceeds from the remarketing were used to satisfy the purchase price for XL-Ireland’s ordinary shares issued to holders of the 10.75% Units pursuant to the forward purchase contracts comprising a part of the 10.75% Units. Each forward purchase contract provided for the issuance of 1.3242 ordinary shares of XL-Ireland at a price of $25 per share. The settlement of the forward purchase contracts resulted in XL-Ireland’s issuance of an aggregate of 30,456,600 ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $575 million. As a result of the settlement of the forward purchase contracts, the 10.75% Units ceased to exist and are no longer traded on the NYSE.

40


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Share Capital (Continued)

          (b) Preferred shares and Non-controlling Interest in Equity of Consolidated Subsidiaries (Continued)

          On October 15, 2011, XL-Cayman issued $350,000,000 of its Series D Preference Ordinary Shares (the “Series D Preferred Shares”) for consideration of cash and liquid investments which were held in a trust account that was part of the Stoneheath Re (“Stoneheath”) facility. Holders of the non-cumulative perpetual preferred securities (“Stoneheath Securities”) issued by Stoneheath in December 2006 will receive one Series D Preferred Share in exchange for each Stoneheath Security. This distribution will occur on November 16, 2011. Dividends on the Series D Preferred Shares will be declared and paid on a non-cumulative basis on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.120% on the liquidation preference, accruing from October 15, 2011. XL-Cayman intends to use the consideration it receives as partial funding for the repayment at maturity of the outstanding $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 of XL Capital Finance (Europe) plc (“XLCFE”), with the balance available for general corporate purposes. For further details regarding Stoneheath, see Item 8, Note 17, “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Series D Preferred Shares will represent non-controlling interests in equity of consolidated subsidiaries.

          On August 15, 2011, XL-Cayman completed a cash tender offer for its outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares that resulted in 2,811,000 Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation value of $25 per share being repurchased and canceled by XL-Cayman for approximately $71.0 million including accrued and unpaid dividends and professional fees. Subsequent to the expiration of the tender offer, and on the same terms as the offer, XL-Cayman repurchased and canceled the remaining outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares for approximately $0.9 million plus accrued and unpaid dividends. As of September 30, 2011, no Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares were outstanding.

          On February 16, 2011, the Company repurchased 30,000 of the outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $0.75 million for $0.65 million. In addition, the Company repurchased 500 of the outstanding Series E preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $0.50 million for $0.47 million. As a result of these repurchases, the Company recorded a reduction in Non-controlling interests of approximately $0.13 million in the first quarter of 2011.

          On February 12, 2010, the Company repurchased and canceled approximately 4.4 million Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $110.8 million for approximately $94.2 million, which was a portion of its outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares. As a result, a book value gain of approximately $16.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of 2010 to ordinary shareholders.

           (c) Stock Plans

          The Company’s performance incentive programs provide for grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units, and stock appreciation rights. Share based compensation granted by the Company generally contains a vesting period of three or four years and certain awards also contain performance conditions. The Company records compensation expense related to each award over its vesting period incorporating the best estimate of the expected outcome of performance conditions where applicable. Compensation expense is generally recorded on a straight line basis over the vesting period of an award. See Item 8, Note 21, “Share Capital,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for further information on the Company’s performance incentive programs and associated accounting.

          During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company granted approximately 1.0 million stock options with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $9.82 per option. The fair value of the options issued was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend yield

 

 

1.90

%

 

Risk free interest rate

 

 

2.61

%

 

Volatility

 

 

50.0

%

 

Expected lives

 

 

6.0

 years

          Restricted stock units are granted at the closing market price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the day of grant and entitle the holder to receive dividends declared and paid in the form of additional ordinary shares contingent upon vesting.

41


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Share Capital (Continued)

          (c) Stock Plans (Continued)

          During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company granted approximately 1.2 million restricted stock units to officers and employees of the Company with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $26.6 million. Each restricted stock unit represents the Company’s obligation to deliver to the holder one ordinary share upon satisfaction of the three year vesting term.

          During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company granted 46,062 of its restricted stock awards to its directors, with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $1.1 million. Each restricted stock award represents the Company’s obligation to deliver to the holder one ordinary share. A director who is granted a restricted stock award shall have all of the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote and receive dividends. Each award vests on the date of grant, pursuant to the terms of the Directors Plan. The restricted stock awards are granted at the closing market price on the day of grant.

          During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company granted approximately 1.3 million performance units (representing a potential maximum share payout of approximately 2.6 million ordinary shares) to officers and employees of the Company with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $28.5 million. The performance units vest after three years and entitle the holder to ordinary shares of the Company. There are no dividend rights associated with the performance units. Each grant of performance units has a target number of shares, with final payouts ranging from 0% to 200% of the grant amount depending upon a combination of corporate and business segment performance along with each employee’s continued service through the vest date. Performance targets are based on relative and absolute financial performance metrics.

9. Notes Payable and Debt and Financing Arrangements

          All outstanding debt of the Company at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was issued by XL-Cayman except for the $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 which were issued by XLCFE. Both XL-Cayman and XLCFE are wholly-owned subsidiaries of XL-Ireland. The XLCFE notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by XL Company Switzerland GmbH (“XL-Switzerland”). The Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries to satisfy any of its obligations under this guarantee is subject to certain contractual restrictions, applicable laws and statutory requirements of the various countries in which the Company operates, including, among others, Bermuda, the United States, Ireland, Switzerland and the U.K. Aggregated required statutory capital and surplus for the principal operating subsidiaries of the Company was $6.2 billion at December 31, 2010.

          In August 2011, in accordance with the terms of the 10.75% Units, XL-Cayman purchased and retired all of the 8.25% Senior Notes for $575 million in a remarketing. These notes comprised a part of the 10.75% Units. The proceeds from the remarketing were used to satisfy the purchase price for XL-Ireland’s ordinary shares issued to holders of the 10.75% Units pursuant to the forward purchase contracts comprising a part of the 10.75% Units. Each forward purchase contract provided for the issuance of 1.3242 ordinary shares of XL-Ireland at a price of $25 per share. The settlement of the forward purchase contracts resulted in XL-Ireland’s issuance of an aggregate of 30,456,600 ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $575 million. As a result of the settlement of the forward purchase contracts, the 10.75% Units ceased to exist and are no longer traded on the NYSE.

          On September 30, 2011, XL-Cayman completed the sale of $400 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.75% senior notes due 2021 (the “5.75% Senior Notes”) at the issue price of 100% of the principal amount. The 5.75% Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by XL-Ireland. XL-Cayman received net proceeds of approximately $396.4 million from the offering, which will be used to partially repay the $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 which were issued by XLCFE.

42


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Notes Payable and Debt and Financing Arrangements (Continued)

          The 5.75% Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.75% per annum, payable semi-annually, beginning on April 1, 2012, and mature on October 1, 2021. Upon the occurrence of a contractually defined event of default, all unpaid principal of and accrued interest and additional amounts, if any, on the 5.75% Senior Notes then outstanding will become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or the holders of any 5.75% Senior Notes. XL-Cayman may redeem the 5.75% Senior Notes, in whole or part, from time to time pursuant to the terms of the indenture.

          Letter of Credit Facilities and Other Sources of Collateral

          On March 25, 2011, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a secured credit agreement (the “2011 Credit Agreement”) that currently provides for issuance of letters of credit of up to $1 billion. Concurrent with the effectiveness of the 2011 Credit Agreement, the commitments of the lenders under the existing five-year credit agreement dated June 21, 2007 were reduced from $4 billion to $3 billion. The commitments under the 2011 Credit Agreement will expire on, and the credit facility is available on a continuous basis until, the earlier of (i) March 25, 2014 and (ii) the date of termination in whole of the commitments upon an optional termination or reduction of the commitments by the account parties or upon an event of default.

10. Related Party Transactions

          At September 30, 2011, the Company owned non-controlling stakes in three independent investment management companies (“Investment Manager Affiliates”) that are actively managing client capital and seeking growth opportunities. At December 31, 2010, the number of stakes was four. The Company sold its stake in Finisterre in the third quarter. The Company seeks to develop relationships with specialty investment management organizations, generally acquiring an equity interest in the business. The Company also invests in certain of the funds and limited partnerships and other legal entities managed by these affiliates and through these funds and partnerships pays management and performance fees to the Company’s Investment Manager Affiliates.

          In the normal course of business, the Company enters into certain quota share reinsurance contracts with a subsidiary of one of its other strategic affiliates, ARX Holding Corporation. During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, these contracts resulted in reported net premiums of $22.9 million, net losses incurred of $11.3 million and reported acquisition costs of $6.7 million. During the same period in 2010, these contracts resulted in reported net premiums of $15.1 million, net losses incurred of $10.2 million and reported acquisition costs of $5.9 million. Management believes that these transactions are conducted at market rates consistent with negotiated arms-length contracts.

11. Variable Interest Entities

          At times, the Company has utilized variable interest entities both indirectly and directly in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

          The Company invests in CDOs and other structured investment vehicles that are issued through variable interest entities as part of the Company’s investment portfolio. The activities of these variable interest entities are generally limited to holding the underlying collateral used to service investments therein. Management has evaluated the nature of the Company’s involvement in such entities and has concluded that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of these variable interest entities as contemplated in current authoritative accounting guidance. The Company’s involvement in these entities is passive in nature and management was not involved in either the establishment or arrangement of these entities. Management does not believe that the Company has the power to direct activities of these entities, such as asset selection and collateral management, which most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. The Company’s financial results are impacted by the changes in fair value of the variable interest entities consistent with the accounting policies applied to invested assets. For further details on the nature of the Company’s investment portfolio, in particular mortgage and asset backed securities, which typically represent interests in variable interest entities, see Item 8, Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Investments,” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and Note 8, “Share Capital,” herein.

43


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Variable Interest Entities (Continued)

          The Company has utilized variable interest entities in certain instances as a means of accessing contingent capital. The Company has utilized unconsolidated entities in the formation of contingent capital facilities. The Company’s interest in Stoneheath represents an interest in a variable interest entity under current authoritative accounting guidance; however, the Company is not the primary beneficiary as contemplated in that guidance. The Company’s interest in this entity is as a contributor of variability and not an absorber of losses and, as such, the Company would not be considered the primary beneficiary. Given that the Stoneheath facility will terminate during the fourth quarter of 2011, management considers the likelihood of consolidating Stoneheath in the future to be remote.

          On October 15, 2011, XL-Cayman issued $350,000,000 of its Series D Preferred Shares for consideration of cash and liquid investments which were held in a trust account that was part of the Stoneheath facility. Holders of the Stoneheath Securities will receive one Series D Preferred Share in exchange for each Stoneheath Security. This distribution will occur on November 16, 2011. XL-Cayman issued the Series D Preferred Shares because Stoneheath issued the redemption notice required by the terms of the Stoneheath Securities and related agreements. The redemption notice was issued because the asset swap agreement covering the assets held in the Stoneheath trust account terminated in accordance with its terms. For further details regarding Stoneheath, see Item 8, Note 17, “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          The Company has a limited number of remaining outstanding credit enhancement exposures, including written financial guarantee and credit default swap contracts. The obligations related to these transactions are often securitized through variable interest entities. The Company is not the primary beneficiary of these variable interest entities as contemplated in current authoritative accounting guidance on the basis that management does not believe that the Company has the power to direct the activities, such as asset selection and collateral management, which most significantly impact each entity’s economic performance. For further details on the nature of the obligations and the size of the Company’s maximum exposure see Note 7, “Derivative Instruments,” and Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies,” herein.

          The credit exposures represent the most significant risks associated with the Company’s involvement with variable interest entities and there have been no significant changes in the nature of the Company’s involvement with variable interest entities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011.

12. Computation of Earnings Per Ordinary Share and Ordinary Share Equivalent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Basic earnings per ordinary share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc (1)

 

$

42,398

 

$

77,543

 

$

40,777

 

$

415,428

 

Less: preference share dividends (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,694

)

Add: gain on redemption of Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,616

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income available to ordinary shareholders

 

$

42,398

 

$

77,543

 

$

40,777

 

$

397,350

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding – basic

 

 

311,714

 

 

338,724

 

 

310,793

 

 

340,927

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.13

 

$

1.17

 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding – basic

 

 

311,714

 

 

338,724

 

 

310,793

 

 

340,927

 

Impact of share based compensation and certain conversion features

 

 

2,134

 

 

1,095

 

 

4,049

 

 

837

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding – diluted

 

 

313,848

 

 

339,819

 

 

314,842

 

 

341,764

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.13

 

$

1.16

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Dividends per ordinary share

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.33

 

$

0.30

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 


(1)

 

During the first quarter of 2011, the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares were reclassified as Non-controlling interest – Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares and Series E preference ordinary shares were reclassified as Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as a result of changes in ownership structure arising as part of the Company’s redomestication of the ultimate parent holding company to Ireland as of July 1, 2010. Accordingly, preference share dividends declared are recorded as Non-controlling interests rather than as Preference share dividends within the consolidated statements of income from July 1, 2010 onwards. See Note 1, “Basis of Preparation and Consolidation” for additional details. During the third quarter of 2011, all outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares were repurchased and canceled.

44


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Computation of Earnings Per Ordinary Share and Ordinary Share Equivalent (Continued)

          For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, ordinary shares available for issuance under share based compensation plans of 10.0 million and 10.0 million, and 12.7 million and 12.7 million, respectively, were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the assumed exercise or issuance of such shares would be anti-dilutive.

          In addition, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, ordinary shares available for issuance under the purchase contracts associated with the 10.75% Units of nil and nil, and 31.0 million and 31.5 million, respectively, were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the assumed issuance of such shares would be anti-dilutive. For further information on the 10.75% Units see Note 7, “Share Capital,” and Item 8, Note 15, “Notes Payable and Debt Financing Arrangements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

          Financial and Other Guarantee Exposures

          As part of the Company’s legacy financial guarantee business, during January 2011, the Company commuted 32 of the 37 of the financial guarantee transactions that were outstanding at December 31, 2010, including the three non-performing transactions referenced below. This commutation eliminated $41.9 million of notional financial guarantee exposure (including principal and interest) for a payment of $22.1 million. The $22.1 million was included in the gross claim liability at December 31, 2010. The Company’s outstanding financial guarantee contracts at September 30, 2011 included the reinsurance of 5 financial guarantee contracts with total insured contractual payments outstanding, all of which is principal, of $130.2 million and having a remaining weighted-average contract period of 24.0 years. These contracts provide credit support for a variety of collateral types with the exposures comprised of a (i) $108.3 million notional financial guarantee on three notes backed by zero coupon bonds and bank perpetual securities; (ii) $14.7 million notional financial guarantee on a collateralized fund obligation and (iii) $7.2 million notional financial guarantee relating to future scheduled repayments on a government-subsidized housing project.

          At September 30, 2011, the total gross claim liability and unearned premiums recorded associated with the Company’s legacy financial guarantee business were $1.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. At September 30, 2011, there were no reported events of default on these obligations.

          At December 31, 2010, the Company’s outstanding financial guarantee contracts included the reinsurance of 37 financial guarantee contracts with total insured contractual payments outstanding of $204.8 million ($198.7 million of principal and $6.1 million of interest) and having a remaining weighted-average contract period of 13.2 years. These contracts provided credit support for a variety of collateral types. The largest exposures were comprised of (i) $108.3 million notional financial guarantee on three notes backed by zero coupon bonds and bank perpetual securities; (ii) $47.5 million notional financial guarantee on a collateralized fund obligation with a collateral cushion in excess of 60% of the Company’s exposure that is currently being wound-up in an orderly manner; and (iii) the remaining $49.0 million of financial guarantees is comprised of 33 separate transactions with varying forms of underlying collateral, including pre-2000 vintage asset backed securities and municipal government bonds. The underlying financial guarantees are diversified and not individually significant.

          At December 31, 2010, the total gross claim liability and unearned premiums recorded associated with the Company’s legacy financial guarantee business were $23.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Of the contracts noted above, three contracts with total insured contractual payments outstanding of $9.8 million had experienced an event of default and were considered by the Company to be non-performing at December 31, 2010, while the remaining were considered to be performing at such date.

          Surveillance procedures to track and monitor credit deteriorations in the insured financial obligations are performed by the primary obligors for each transaction on the Company’s behalf. Information regarding the performance status and updated exposure values is provided to the Company on a quarterly basis and evaluated by management in recording claims reserves.

          Claims and Other Litigation

          If management believes that, based on available information, it is at least reasonably possible that a material loss (or additional material loss in excess of any accrual) will be incurred, the Company discloses an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, either individually or in the aggregate, as appropriate, if such an estimate can be made, or discloses that an estimate cannot be made. Based on the Company’s assessment as at September 30, 2011, no such disclosures are considered necessary.

45



 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 2.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

 

General

          On July 1, 2010, XL Group plc, an Irish public limited company (“XL-Ireland”), and XL Group Ltd. (formerly, XL Capital Ltd), a Cayman Islands exempted company (“XL-Cayman”), completed a redomestication transaction in which all of the ordinary shares of XL-Cayman were exchanged for all of the ordinary shares of XL-Ireland (the “Redomestication”). As a result, XL-Cayman became a wholly owned subsidiary of XL-Ireland. Prior to July 1, 2010, unless the context otherwise indicates, references in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to the “Company” are to XL-Cayman and its consolidated subsidiaries. On and subsequent to July 1, 2010, unless the context otherwise indicates, references herein to the “Company” are to XL-Ireland and its consolidated subsidiaries.

          The following is a discussion of the Company’s financial condition and liquidity and results of operations. Certain aspects of the Company’s business, such as exposures to man-made and natural disasters and the excess nature of many of the Company’s Insurance products, have loss experience characterized as low frequency and high severity. This may result in volatility in both the Company’s and an individual segment’s results of operations and financial condition.

          This “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contains forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about the Company’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. These statements are based upon current plans, estimates and projections. Actual results may differ materially from those included in such forward-looking statements, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” below for a list of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, as well as Item 1, “Risk Factors,” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to the Company’s Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 30, 2011.

          This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, presented under Item 7 and Item 8, respectively, of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Executive Overview

          See “Executive Overview” in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. That discussion is updated with the disclosures set forth below.

Impact of Recent Natural Catastrophes

          In the first nine months of 2011, the global insurance and reinsurance markets experienced significant losses from natural catastrophes, including the Japan earthquake and tsunami, the Australian flooding events, the New Zealand earthquakes, the U.S. storms and tornados and the Atlantic Hurricanes. See “Significant Items Affecting Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” below for a discussion of the Company’s loss estimates for the first nine months of 2011 natural catastrophe events.

Results of Operations and Key Financial Measures

          The following table presents an analysis of the Company’s net income available to ordinary shareholders and other financial measures (described below) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) available to ordinary shareholders

 

$

42,398

 

$

77,543

 

$

40,777

 

$

397,350

 

Earnings per ordinary share – basic

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.13

 

$

1.17

 

Earnings per ordinary share – diluted

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.13

 

$

1.16

 

Change in fully diluted book value per ordinary share

 

$

(0.07

)

$

1.82

 

$

1.02

 

$

4.96

 

46


          The following are some of the financial measures management considers important in evaluating the Company’s operating performance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Underwriting profit (loss) – property and casualty operations

 

$

(22,200

)

$

64,666

 

$

(283,215

)

$

152,729

 

Combined ratio – property and casualty operations

 

 

101.6

%

 

94.9

%

 

107.2

%

 

95.9

%

Net investment income – property and casualty operations(1)

 

$

209,757

 

$

216,348

 

$

627,492

 

$

662,531

 

Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity (2)

 

 

1.7

%

 

3.2

%

 

0.6

%

 

5.8

%


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
September 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Book value per ordinary share (3)

 

$

31.01

 

$

30.37

 

Fully diluted book value per ordinary share (4)

 

$

30.80

 

$

29.78

 


 

 


(1)

Net investment income relating to P&C operations includes the net investment income related to the net results from structured products.

(2)

Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and is calculated by dividing the annualized net income (loss) for any period by the average of the opening and closing ordinary shareholders’ equity (total shareholders’ equity less preference shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries). See “Annualized Return on Ordinary Shareholders’ Equity Calculation” herein for a reconciliation of annualized ROE to average ordinary shareholders’ equity.

(3)

Book value per ordinary share, a non-GAAP financial measure, is calculated by dividing ordinary shareholders’ equity by the number of outstanding ordinary shares at any period end. Book value per ordinary share is affected primarily by the Company’s net income (loss), by any changes in the net unrealized gains and losses on its investment portfolio, currency translation adjustments and also the impact of any share buyback or issuance activity. Ordinary shareholders’ equity was $9.94 billion and $9.61 billion and the number of ordinary shares outstanding was 320.6 million and 316.5 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Ordinary shares outstanding include all ordinary shares legally issued and outstanding (as disclosed on the face of the balance sheet) as well as all director share units outstanding.

(4)

Fully diluted book value per ordinary share, a non-GAAP financial measure, represents book value per ordinary share combined with the dilutive impact of potential future share issuances at period end. The Company believes that fully diluted book value per ordinary share is a financial measure important to investors and other interested parties who benefit from having a consistent basis for comparison with other companies within the industry. However, this measure may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by companies either outside or inside of the insurance industry.

Key Financial Measures

Underwriting profit – property and casualty (“P&C”) operations

          One way that the Company evaluates the performance of its insurance and reinsurance operations is the underwriting profit or loss. The Company does not measure performance based on the amount of gross premiums written. Underwriting profit or loss is calculated from premiums earned less net losses incurred and expenses related to underwriting activities. The Company’s underwriting profit (loss) for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 was consistent with the combined ratio discussed below.

Combined ratio – P&C operations

          The combined ratio for P&C operations is used by the Company and many other insurance and reinsurance companies as another measure of underwriting profitability. The combined ratio is calculated from the net losses incurred and underwriting expenses as a percentage of the net premiums earned for the Company’s insurance and reinsurance operations. A combined ratio of less than 100% indicates an underwriting profit and greater than 100% reflects an underwriting loss. The Company’s combined ratio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 is higher than for the same periods in the previous year, as a result of an increase in the loss and loss expense ratio offset by a marginal decrease in the underwriting expense ratio for the three month period. The loss and loss expense ratio has increased as a result of higher levels of catastrophe losses and other large loss events in both the Insurance and Reinsurance segments. The underwriting expense ratio is lower as a result of a decrease in acquisition expenses in the Reinsurance segment and lower operating expense ratios in both segments.

47


Net investment income – P&C operations

          Net investment income related to P&C operations is an important measure that affects the Company’s overall profitability. The largest liability of the Company relates to its unpaid loss reserves, and the Company’s investment portfolio provides liquidity for settlements of the claims to which these reserves relate as they become due. Thus, a significant part of the investment portfolio is invested in fixed income securities. Net investment income is influenced by a number of factors, including the amounts and timing of inward and outward cash flows, the level of interest rates and credit spreads and changes in overall asset allocation. See the segment results at “Investment Activities” below for a discussion of the Company’s net investment income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Book value per ordinary share

          Management also views the change in the Company’s book value per ordinary share as an additional measure of the Company’s performance. Book value per ordinary share is calculated by dividing ordinary shareholders’ equity by the number of outstanding ordinary shares at any period end. Ordinary shares outstanding include all ordinary shares legally issued and outstanding (as disclosed on the face of the balance sheet) as well as all director share units outstanding. Book value per ordinary share is affected by the Company’s net income (loss), any changes in the net unrealized gains and losses on its investment portfolio and currency translation adjustments and also the positive impact of any share buyback or issuance activity.

          Book value per ordinary share decreased by $0.53 in the three months ended September 30, 2011 primarily due to the issuance of ordinary shares in connection with the settlement of the forward purchase contracts associated with the 10.75% Units, partially offset by the benefit of share buyback activity, the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders of $42.4 million and an increase in net unrealized gains on available for sale investments. In the three months ended September 30, 2010, book value per share increased by $2.27 driven by the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders of $77.5 million, a decrease in net unrealized losses on investments and the impact of share buyback activity in the period.

          Book value per ordinary share increased by $0.64 in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 mainly due to the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders of $40.8 million, an increase in net unrealized gains on available for sale investments, and the benefit of share buyback activity, partially offset by the settlement of the forward purchase contracts associated with the 10.75% Units. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, book value per share increased by $5.42 as a result of improved investment fair values, higher net income and the impact of share buyback activity.

          As noted above, fully diluted book value per ordinary share represents book value per ordinary share combined with the impact from dilution of share based compensation and certain conversion features where dilutive. In the three months ended September 30, 2011, fully diluted book value per ordinary share decreased by $0.07 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, fully diluted book value per ordinary share increased by $1.02, as a result of the factors contributing to the three month decrease and nine month increase in book value per share noted above. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, fully diluted book value per share increased by $1.82 and $4.96, respectively, as a result of the factors contributing to the increase in book value per share noted above.

Annualized return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity

          Annualized return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (“ROE”) is another non-GAAP financial measure that management considers important in evaluating the Company’s operating performance. ROE is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders for any period by the average of the opening and closing ordinary shareholders’ equity. The Company establishes minimum target ROEs for its total operations, segments and lines of business. If the Company’s minimum ROE targets over the longer term are not met with respect to any line of business, the Company seeks to modify and/or exit these lines. In addition, among other factors, the Company’s compensation of its senior officers is dependent on the achievement of the Company’s performance goals to enhance ordinary shareholder value as measured by ROE (adjusted for certain items considered to be “non-operating” in nature). For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, annualized ROE was 0.6%, 5.2 percentage points lower than the same period in the prior year when it was 5.8%. This is due to the significantly reduced net income in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, due primarily to catastrophe losses in the period, discussed under “Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations,” and other large loss events. See “Annualized Return on Ordinary Shareholders’ Equity Calculation” herein for a reconciliation of annualized ROE to average ordinary shareholders’ equity.

Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations

          The Company’s net income and other financial measures as shown above for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 have been affected by, among other things, the following significant items:

 

 

1)

The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity;

 

 

2)

Market movement impacts on the Company’s investment portfolio; and

 

 

3)

Continuing competitive factors impacting the underwriting environment.

48


1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity

          Net losses incurred were higher during the first nine months of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 as a result of higher levels of natural catastrophe losses in the first nine months of 2011, mainly as a result of the 2011 flooding events in Australia (the “Australia floods”), the earthquake that struck Christchurch, New Zealand on February 22, 2011 (the “New Zealand earthquake”), the March 11, 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan (the “Japan earthquake and tsunami”), the severe weather occurrences, including tornado activity, in the United States over the periods April 22 - 28 and May 20 - 23, 2011 (the “U.S. Storms”), and third quarter Atlantic storm activity, particularly Hurricane Irene and Tropical Storm Lee (the “Atlantic Hurricanes”).

          The Company’s loss estimates are based on combinations of its review of individual treaties and policies expected to be impacted, commercial model outputs, client data received to the date the estimates were made, and consideration of expectations of total insured market loss estimates if available, both from published sources and the Company’s internal analysis. The Company’s loss estimates involve the exercise of considerable judgment due to the complexity and scale of the insured events, and are, accordingly, subject to revision as additional information becomes available. Actual losses may differ materially from these preliminary estimates.

          The following are analyses of the financial impact on the Company’s results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 from natural catastrophes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Operating data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Catastrophe reinstatement premium earned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia floods

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

950

 

$

950

 

New Zealand earthquake

 

 

 

 

1,031

 

 

1,031

 

 

 

 

(1,358

)

 

(1,358

)

Japan earthquake and tsunami

 

 

 

 

(1,017

)

 

(1,017

)

 

 

 

16,630

 

 

16,630

 

U.S. Storms (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,069

 

 

1,069

 

Atlantic Hurricanes (2)

 

 

(7,500

)

 

929

 

 

(6,571

)

 

(7,500

)

 

929

 

 

(6,571

)

Other natural catastrophes (3) (4)

 

 

 

 

1,257

 

 

1,257

 

 

 

 

2,376

 

 

2,376

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total net premiums earned

 

$

(7,500

)

$

2,200

 

$

(5,300

)

$

(7,500

)

$

20,596

 

$

13,096

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross losses and loss expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia floods

 

$

 

$

(126

)

$

(126

)

$

(80,225

)

$

(15,626

)

$

(95,851

)

New Zealand earthquake

 

 

 

 

(1,278

)

 

(1,278

)

 

(5,000

)

 

(96,994

)

 

(101,994

)

Japan earthquake and tsunami

 

 

 

 

(1,159

)

 

(1,159

)

 

(88,600

)

 

(186,634

)

 

(275,234

)

U.S. Storms (1)

 

 

(169

)

 

(5,237

)

 

(5,406

)

 

(5,604

)

 

(62,653

)

 

(68,257

)

Atlantic Hurricanes (2)

 

 

(131,991

)

 

(19,204

)

 

(151,195

)

 

(131,991

)

 

(19,204

)

 

(151,195

)

Other natural catastrophes (3) (4)

 

 

(2,388

)

 

(12,993

)

 

(15,381

)

 

(13,410

)

 

(23,682

)

 

(37,092

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total gross losses and loss expenses

 

$

(134,548

)

$

(39,997

)

$

(174,545

)

$

(324,830

)

$

(404,793

)

$

(729,623

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses and loss expenses recoverable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia floods

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

27,525

 

$

 

$

27,525

 

New Zealand earthquake

 

 

 

 

2,638

 

 

2,638

 

 

 

 

34,099

 

 

34,099

 

Japan earthquake and tsunami

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,600

 

 

200

 

 

13,800

 

U.S. Storms (1)

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

(14

)

 

315

 

 

4,824

 

 

5,139

 

Atlantic Hurricanes (2)

 

 

65,650

 

 

587

 

 

66,237

 

 

65,650

 

 

587

 

 

66,237

 

Other natural catastrophes (3) (4)

 

 

 

 

400

 

 

400

 

 

3,066

 

 

400

 

 

3,466

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total losses and loss expenses recoverable

 

$

65,650

 

$

3,611

 

$

69,261

 

$

110,156

 

$

40,110

 

$

150,266

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting loss - P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia floods

 

$

 

$

(126

)

$

(126

)

$

(52,700

)

$

(14,676

)

$

(67,376

)

New Zealand earthquake

 

 

 

 

2,391

 

 

2,391

 

 

(5,000

)

 

(64,253

)

 

(69,253

)

Japan earthquake and tsunami

 

 

 

 

(2,176

)

 

(2,176

)

 

(75,000

)

 

(169,804

)

 

(244,804

)

U.S. Storms (1)

 

 

(169

)

 

(5,251

)

 

(5,420

)

 

(5,289

)

 

(56,760

)

 

(62,049

)

Atlantic Hurricanes (2)

 

 

(73,841

)

 

(17,688

)

 

(91,529

)

 

(73,841

)

 

(17,688

)

 

(91,529

)

Other natural catastrophes (3) (4)

 

 

(2,388

)

 

(11,336

)

 

(13,724

)

 

(10,344

)

 

(20,906

)

 

(31,250

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total underwriting loss

 

$

(76,398

)

$

(34,186

)

$

(110,584

)

$

(222,174

)

$

(344,087

)

$

(566,261

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss ratio impact for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011

 

 

8.0

%

 

8.2

%

 

8.0

%

 

8.1

%

 

28.8

%

 

14.5

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

(1)

U.S. Storms refers to the severe weather occurrences, including tornado activity, which affected the Midwest and the Southeast United States over the periods April 22 – 28 and May 20 – 23, 2011.

 

(2)

Atlantic Hurricanes refers to Hurricane Irene and Tropical Storm Lee.

 

(3)

For the Insurance segment, Other natural catastrophes include Cyclone Yasi in Australia, U.S. windstorms and Mississippi floods.

 

(4)

For the Reinsurance segment, Other natural catastrophes include Cyclone Yasi in Australia, the Slave Lake fire in Canada, Texas wildfires and the Danish floods.

 

 

 

 

For further details see the segment results in the “Income Statement Analysis” below.

49


2) Market movement impacts on the Company’s investment portfolio

          During the three months ended September 30, 2011, decreasing interest rates, mostly offset by widening credit spreads, resulted in a small favorable net impact on the Company’s investment portfolio. Net unrealized gains on available for sale investments increased by $146.4 million as compared to June 30, 2011. This represents approximately a 0.3% appreciation on average assets for the three months ended September 30, 2011.

          The following table provides further detail regarding the movements in relevant credit markets, as well as in government interest rates using selected market indices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Movement for the three months
ended September 30, 2011 (1)
(‘+’/‘-’ represents increases / decreases in interest rates)

 

Credit Spread Movement for the three months
ended September 30, 2011 (2)
(‘+’/‘-’ represents widening / tightening of credit spreads)

 

 


 


United States

 

-81 basis points (5 year Treasury)

 

+96 basis points (U.S. Corporate A rated)

 

 

 

 

+71 basis points (U.S. CMBS, AAA rated)

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

-96 basis points (10 year Gilt)

 

+54 basis points (U.K. Corporate, AA rated)

Euro-zone

 

-111 basis points (5 year Bund)

 

+143 basis points (Europe Corporate, A rated)


 

 

 


 

(1)

Source: Bloomberg Finance L.P.

 

(2)

Source: Merrill Lynch Global Indices.

          During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, credit spreads widened, particularly in Euro-zone, offset by decreasing interest rates primarily in Europe. The net impact of the market conditions on the Company’s investment portfolio for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was favorable and in addition, losses realized resulted in a total decrease in net unrealized losses on available for sale investments as compared to December 31, 2010 of $377.9 million. This represents approximately a 0.8% appreciation on average assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

          The following table provides further detail regarding the movements in relevant credit markets, as well as in government interest rates using selected market indices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Movement for the nine months
ended September 30, 2011 (1)
(‘+’/‘-’ represents increases / decreases in interest rates)

 

Credit Spread Movement for the nine months ended
September 30, 2011 (2)
(‘+’/‘-’ represents widening / tightening of credit spreads)

 

 


 


United States

 

-106 basis points (5 year Treasury)

 

+92 basis points (U.S. Corporate A rated)

 

 

 

 

+70 basis points (U.S. CMBS, AAA rated)

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

-97 basis points (10 year Gilt)

 

+56 basis points (U.K. Corporate, AA rated)

Euro-zone

 

-67 basis points (5 year Bund)

 

+119 basis points (Europe Corporate, A rated)


 

 

 


 

(1)

Source: Bloomberg Finance L.P.

 

(2)

Source: Merrill Lynch Global Indices.

          Net realized losses on investments in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 totaled $62.4 million and $138.3 million, respectively, including net realized losses of approximately $66.8 million and $131.4 million respectively related to the impairment of certain of the Company’s fixed income investments, where the Company determined that there was an other-than-temporary decline in the value of those investments related to credit.

          Of the $66.8 million, there were net realized losses of $32.8 million related to credit impairments on structured credit securities. These primarily represented below investment grade non-Agency RMBS, including those with sub-prime and Alt-A collateral. A further $6.1 million in net realized losses related to impairments of medium term notes backed primarily by investment grade European credit. The Company adjusted the estimated remaining holding period of certain notes resulting in a shorter reinvestment spectrum. Consistent with prior quarters, management continues to evaluate the impairment of the investment portfolio and has concluded that, as of September 30, 2011, the remaining gross unrealized losses are temporary in nature. The Company also recorded impairments of $6.5 million on corporate securities, primarily hybrids, and $21.4 million related to foreign exchange losses.

          3) Continuing competitive factors impacting the underwriting environment

          Insurance

          In the third quarter of 2011, the Insurance segment achieved a second consecutive quarter of positive pricing, despite the continued competitive market conditions. Gross premiums written increased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by over 16%. When normalized for foreign exchange, the renewal of certain long term agreements as annual policies that were not reflected in last year’s premiums and the favorable true-ups of various premium accruals and other adjustments, the increase was approximately 9%. This increase was driven by new business in International property, construction and upper middle

50


markets, North America construction, excess casualty and general property, and continued growth in certain professional and P&C programs as well as by rate improvement across most of our lines of business. Excluding the U.S. D&O book, overall rate increases for the Insurance segment were approximately 2% in the third quarter compared to the same period of 2010. The U.S. D&O market remains highly competitive, and rates for that book of business declined 5-6% during the third quarter. The Insurance segment continues to be extremely diligent with rates on existing accounts and in the selection of new business.

          Reinsurance

          The July 1 renewal season for the Reinsurance segment saw risk adjusted gains in the U.S. and International catastrophe books and, given the level of global catastrophe losses so far this year, the Company believes that these trading conditions should remain going into January 1 renewals. As noted above, the pricing environment on the primary side is showing rate growth with the exception of U.S. D&O. This generally positive pricing momentum should benefit the U.S. and International casualty books where a significant amount of proportional reinsurance is written.

          There can be no assurance, however, that such (re)insurance rate conditions or growth opportunities will be sustained or further materialize, or lead to improvements in our books of business. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

         Other Key Focuses of Management

          The Company remains focused on, among other things, tailoring the Company’s business model to focus on its core P&C business, optimizing the P&C investment portfolio, and enhancing its enterprise risk management capabilities. The Company continues to focus on those lines of business within its Insurance and Reinsurance segments that provide the best return on capital. Details relating to these initiatives are discussed in “Other Key Focuses of Management” in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. That discussion is updated with the disclosures set forth below.

Capital Management

          On September 30, 2011, XL-Cayman completed the sale of $400 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 at the issue price of 100% of the principal amount. The 5.75% Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by XL-Ireland. The 5.75% Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.75% per annum, payable semiannually, beginning on April 1, 2012, and mature on October 1, 2021. XL-Cayman may redeem the 5.75% Senior Notes, in whole or part, from time to time in accordance with the terms of the indenture pursuant to which the 5.75% Senior Notes were issued. XL-Cayman received net proceeds of approximately $396.4 million from the offering, which will be used to partially repay the $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 which were issued by XLCFE.

          In August 2011, in accordance with the terms of the 10.75% equity security units (the “10.75% Units”), XL-Cayman purchased and retired all of the 8.25% senior notes due August 2021 (the “8.25% Senior Notes”) for $575 million in a remarketing. These notes comprised a part of the 10.75% Units. The proceeds from the remarketing were used to satisfy the purchase price for XL-Ireland’s ordinary shares issued to holders of the 10.75% Units pursuant to the forward purchase contracts comprising a part of the 10.75% Units. Each forward purchase contract provided for the issuance of 1.3242 ordinary shares of XL-Ireland at a price of $25 per share. The settlement of the forward purchase contracts resulted in XL-Ireland’s issuance of an aggregate of 30,456,600 ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $575 million. As a result of the settlement of the forward purchase contracts, the 10.75% Units ceased to exist and are no longer traded on the NYSE.

          In August 2011, XL-Cayman completed a cash tender offer for its outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares that resulted in 2,811,000 Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation value of $25.00 being repurchased and canceled by XL-Cayman for approximately $71.0 million including accrued and unpaid dividends and professional fees. Subsequent to the expiration of the tender offer, and on the same terms as the offer, XL-Cayman repurchased and canceled the remaining outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation value of $25.00 for approximately $0.9 million plus accrued and unpaid dividends. As of September 30, 2011, no Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares were outstanding.

          During the third quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and canceled 15.1 million ordinary shares under its buyback program adopted in November 2010 for $307.7 million. All share buybacks were carried out by way of redemption in accordance with Irish law and the Company’s constitutional documents. All shares so redeemed were canceled upon redemption. At September 30, 2011, $290.4 million remained available to be used for purchases under this program and no further buybacks have been made in the subsequent period to November 1, 2011.

          On October 15, 2011, XL-Cayman issued $350,000,000 of its Series D Preference Ordinary Shares (the “Series D Preferred Shares”) for consideration of cash and liquid investments which were held in a trust account that was part of the Stoneheath Re (“Stoneheath”) facility. Holders of the non-cumulative perpetual preferred securities (“Stoneheath Securities”) issued by Stoneheath

51


in December 2006 will receive one Series D Preferred Share in exchange for each Stoneheath Security. This distribution will occur on November 16, 2011. Dividends on the Series D Preferred Shares will be declared and paid automatically on a non-cumulative basis on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.120% on the liquidation preference, accruing from October 15, 2011. XL-Cayman intends to use the consideration it receives as partial funding (along with the proceeds received in the sale of the 5.75% Senior Notes as described above) for the repayment at maturity of the outstanding $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 of XLCFE, with the balance available for general corporate purposes.

Risk Management

          The Company’s risk appetite framework guides its strategies relating to, among other things, capital preservation, earnings volatility, net worth at risk, operational loss, liquidity standards, capital rating and capital structure, with the objective of preserving the Company’s capital base. This framework also addresses the Company’s tolerance to risks from material individual events (e.g., natural or man-made catastrophes such as terrorism), the Company’s investment portfolio and realistic disaster scenarios that cross multiple lines of business and risks related to some or all of the above that may actualize concurrently.

          In relation to event risk management, the Company establishes net underwriting limits for individual large events as follows:

 

 

 

 

1.

The Company imposes limits for each peril region/event type at a 1% exceedance probability. If the Company was to deploy the full limit, for any given peril region/event type, there would be a 1% probability that an event would occur during the next year which would result in a net underwriting loss in excess of the limit.

 

 

 

 

2.

The Company also imposes limits for each natural catastrophe peril region at a 1% tail value at risk (“TVaR”) probability. This statistic indicates the average amount of net loss expected to be incurred given that a loss above the 1% exceedance probability level has occurred.

 

 

 

 

3.

The Company also imposes limits for certain other event types at a 0.4% exceedance probability as described in further detail below. If the Company were to deploy the full limit, for any such given event type, there would be a 0.4% probability that an event would occur during the next year which would result in a net underwriting loss in excess of the limit.

          For planning purposes and to calibrate risk tolerances for business to be written from September 30, 2011 through September 30, 2012, the Company set its underwriting limits as a percent of September 30, 2011 Tangible Shareholders’ Equity (hereafter, “Tangible Shareholders’ Equity”). Tangible Shareholders’ Equity is defined as Total Shareholders’ Equity less Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. These limits may be recalibrated, from time to time, to reflect material changes in Total Shareholders’ Equity that may occur after September 30, 2011, at the discretion of management and as overseen by the Board.

          Tier I event types (“Tier 1 Events”) which include natural catastrophes, terrorism and other realistic disaster scenarios, and Tier 2 event types (“Tier 2 Events”) which include country risk, longevity risk and pandemic risk, are internal risk classifications for the purposes of defining the Company’s risk tolerances. In determining Tier 1 and Tier 2 event types the Company considers such factors as:

 

 

 

 

Anticipated risk adjusted returns

 

 

 

 

Strategic risk preferences

 

 

 

 

Relativity to peers

 

 

 

 

Shareholder expectations

 

 

 

 

Robustness of exposure assessment methodology

 

 

 

 

Projected enterprise loss potential

          Per event 1% exceedance probability underwriting limits for Tier 1 Events are set at a level not to exceed approximately 15% of Tangible Shareholders’ Equity.

          Per event 1% TVaR underwriting limits for certain peak natural catastrophe peril regions approximate 20% of Tangible Shareholders’ Equity. 1% TVaR underwriting limits for non-peak natural catastrophe peril regions are set below the per event 1% TVaR limits described above.

          Per event 1% exceedance probability underwriting limits for Tier 2 Events are set at a level not to exceed 7.5% of Tangible Shareholders’ Equity.

          Per event 0.4% exceedance probability underwriting limits for Tier 2 Events are set at a level not to exceed 15% of Tangible Shareholders’ Equity. The 0.4% exceedance probability limit is used for Tier 2 Events rather than a TVaR measure due to the

52


difficulty in estimating the full distribution of outcomes in the extreme tail of the distribution for these risk types as required for the TVaR measure.

          In all instances, the above referenced underwriting limits reflect pre-tax losses net of reinsurance and include inwards and outwards reinstatement premiums related to the specific events being measured. The limits are not net of underwriting profits expected to be generated in the absence of catastrophic loss activity.

          In setting underwriting limits, the Company also considers such factors as:

 

 

 

 

Correlation of underwriting risk with other risks (e.g. asset/investment risk, operational risk, etc.);

 

 

 

 

Model risk and robustness of data;

 

 

 

 

Geographical concentrations;

 

 

 

 

Exposures at lower return periods;

 

 

 

 

Expected payback period associated with losses;

 

 

 

 

Projected share of industry loss; and

 

 

 

 

Annual aggregate losses at a 1% exceedance probability and at a 1% TVaR level on both a peril region/risk type basis as well as at the portfolio level.

          Loss exposure estimates for all event risks are derived from a combination of commercially available and internally developed models together with the judgment of management, as overseen by the Board. Actual incurred losses may vary materially from the Company’s estimates. Factors that can cause a deviation between estimated and actualized loss potential include:

 

 

 

 

Inaccurate assumption of event frequency and severity;

 

 

 

 

Inaccurate or incomplete data;

 

 

 

 

Changing climate conditions that may add to the unpredictability of frequency and severity of natural catastrophes in certain parts of the world and create additional uncertainty as to future trends and exposures;

 

 

 

 

Future possible increases in property values and the effects of inflation that may increase the severity of catastrophic events to levels above the modeled levels;

 

 

 

 

Natural catastrophe models that incorporate and are critically dependent on meteorological, seismological and other earth science assumptions and related statistical relationships that may not be representative of prevailing conditions and risks, and may therefore misstate how particular events actually materialize, causing a material deviation between forecasted and actual damages associated with such events; and

 

 

 

 

A change in the judicial climate.

          For the above and other reasons, the incidence, timing and severity of catastrophes and other event types are inherently unpredictable and it is difficult to estimate the amount of loss any given occurrence will generate. As a consequence, there is material uncertainty around the Company’s ability to measure exposures associated with individual events and combinations of events. This uncertainty could cause actual exposures and losses to deviate from those amounts estimated below, which in turn can create a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and may result in substantial liquidation of investments, possibly at a loss, and outflows of cash as losses are paid.

53


          The table below shows the Company’s estimated per event net 1% and 0.4% exceedance probability exposures for certain peak natural catastrophe peril regions. These estimates assume that amounts due from reinsurance and retrocession purchases are 100% collectible. There may be credit or other disputes associated with these potential receivables. Finally, the probable maximum losses in the table below were derived by application of a new vendor model that was released during the first quarter of 2011 and, accordingly, could be more unreliable than the model that was used historically.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-in-100 Event

 

1-in-250 Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

Geographical Zone
(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

Peril

 

Measurement
Date
of In-Force
Exposures (1)

 

Probable
Maximum
Loss (2)

 

Percentage of
Tangible
Shareholders’
Equity at
September
30,
2011

 

Probable
Maximum
Loss (2)

 

Percentage of
Tangible
Shareholders’
Equity at
September
30,
2011

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

North America

 

Earthquake

 

July 1, 2011

 

$

854

 

 

8.5

%

$

1,363

 

 

13.5

%

U.S.

 

Windstorm

 

July 1, 2011

 

 

1,384

 

 

13.7

%

 

1,808

 

 

17.9

%

Europe

 

Windstorm

 

July 1, 2011

 

 

553

 

 

5.5

%

 

809

 

 

8.0

%

Japan

 

Earthquake

 

July 1, 2011

 

 

258

 

 

2.6

%

 

346

 

 

3.4

%

Japan

 

Windstorm

 

July 1, 2011

 

 

142

 

 

1.4

%

 

209

 

 

2.1

%


 

 


(1)

Detailed analyses of aggregated in-force exposures and maximum loss levels are done periodically. The measurement dates represent the date of the last completed detailed analysis by geographical zone.

(2)

Probable maximum losses include secondary uncertainty which incorporates variability around the expected probable maximum loss for each event, does not represent the Company’s maximum potential exposures and are pre-tax.

          See “Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations - 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above.

         Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          See the discussion of the Company’s “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Variable Interest Entities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          For further information, see the discussion of the Company’s variable interest entities and other off-balance sheet arrangements in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and Item 1, Note 11, “Variable Interest Entities,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

          Segment Results for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2010

          The Company is organized into three operating segments: Insurance, Reinsurance and Life operations. The Company’s general investment and financing operations are reflected in Corporate.

          The Company evaluates the performance of both the Insurance and Reinsurance segments based on underwriting profit and the performance of its Life operations segment based on contribution. Other items of revenue and expenditure of the Company are not evaluated at the segment level for reporting purposes. In addition, the Company does not allocate investment assets by segment for its P&C operations. Investment assets related to the Company’s Life operations and certain structured products included in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments are held in separately identified portfolios. As such, net investment income from these assets is included in the contribution from each of these segments.

          Income Statement Analysis

          Insurance

          The Company’s Insurance segment provides commercial property, casualty and specialty insurance products on a global basis. Products generally provide tailored coverages for complex corporate risks and include the following lines of business: property, casualty, professional liability, environmental liability, aviation and satellite, marine and offshore energy, equine, fine art and specie, excess and surplus lines, surety and program business. The Company focuses on those lines of business within its insurance operations that are believed to provide the best return on capital over time. These lines of business are divided across business groups: North

54


America Property and Casualty (“NAPC”), International Property and Casualty (“IPC”), Global Professional Lines (“Professional”) and Global Specialty (“Specialty”).

          The following table summarizes the underwriting results for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

1,156,901

 

$

991,781

 

 

16.6

%

Net premiums written

 

 

872,757

 

 

776,869

 

 

12.3

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

930,067

 

 

872,148

 

 

6.6

%

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(767,091

)

 

(640,999

)

 

19.7

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(118,521

)

 

(109,788

)

 

8.0

%

Operating expenses

 

 

(158,134

)

 

(155,816

)

 

1.5

%

 

 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

(113,679

)

$

(34,455

)

 

NM

*

Net results – structured products

 

$

2,457

 

$

3,015

 

 

(18.5

)%

Net fee income and other

 

 

(3,484

)

 

(3,713

)

 

(6.2

)%

 

 

 



 

*

NM - Not meaningful

          Gross premiums written increased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 16.6% and, when evaluated in local currency, increased by 11.2%, mainly driven by the NAPC and IPC units. There was new business growth in NAPC for all lines and in IPC for property construction and energy lines. In addition to favorable foreign exchange and new business, the renewal of long term agreements as annual policies in IPC and certain premium adjustments in Specialty contributed to increased premiums. These increases were partially offset by declines in Professional lines predominantly from lower levels of new business.

          Net premiums written increased by 12.3% in the third quarter of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. The increase resulted from the gross premiums written increases outlined above, partially offset by an increase in ceded premiums written of 32.2%. The increase in ceded premiums written relates to increased amounts of facultative and captive reinsurance, primarily in IPC property and primary casualty, NAPC and IPC property reinstatement premiums, higher volumes in NAPC excess casualty and favorable foreign exchange rate changes as compared to 2010.

          Net premiums earned increased by 6.6% in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase primarily resulted from higher net written premiums earned in the IPC primary casualty and middle market, NAPC property and International Professional, and the favorable impact of foreign exchange rates, offset by the reinstatement premiums noted above and the earn-out of lower net premiums written in U.S. Professional.

          The following table presents the ratios for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

82.5

%

 

73.5

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

29.7

%

 

30.5

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

112.2

%

 

104.0

%

 

 



 



 

          The loss and loss expense ratio includes net losses incurred for both the current quarter and any favorable or adverse prior year development of loss and loss expense reserves held at the beginning of the year. The following table summarizes the net (favorable) adverse prior year development relating to the Insurance segment for the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Property

 

$

12.8

 

$

8.0

 

Casualty

 

 

5.1

 

 

(9.2

)

Professional

 

 

2.6

 

 

(0.6

)

Specialty and other

 

 

0.9

 

 

6.3

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

21.4

 

$

4.5

 

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio excluding prior year development

 

 

80.2

%

 

73.0

%

 

 



 



 

          Excluding prior year development, the loss ratio for the third quarter of 2011 increased by 7.2 loss percentage points as compared to the same period in 2010. Catastrophe losses net of reinsurance recoveries and including reinstatement premiums were

55


$51.5 million higher in the third quarter of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. For further details on the catastrophe losses in 2011 see “Significant Items affecting the Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above. Excluding favorable prior year development and net catastrophe losses in both quarters, the current accident year loss ratio increased by 2.1 points from 2010 to 2011 due to higher large loss activity in the property books of both the IPC and NAPC business groups.

          Net unfavorable prior year reserve development of $21.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 was mainly attributable to the following:

 

 

For property lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $12.8 million unfavorable as a result of worse than expected reported loss activity mainly on the 2010 accident year for the non-catastrophe exposures.

 

 

For casualty lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $5.1 million unfavorable primarily due to an increase in the reinsurance bad debt reserves.

 

 

For professional lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $2.6 million unfavorable primarily due to an increase in the reinsurance bad debt reserves.

 

 

For specialty and other lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $0.9 million unfavorable.

          The decrease in the underwriting expense ratio in the three months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 was due to a decrease in the operating expense ratio of 0.9 points (17.0% as compared to 17.9%) while the acquisition expense ratio was relatively flat at 12.7% and 12.6% for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in the operating expense ratio was primarily from lower compensation expenses in the third quarter of 2011, partially offset by unfavorable foreign exchange movements.

          Net fee income and other decreased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 mainly as a result of lower income, partially offset by lower expenses related to the Company’s loss prevention consulting services.

          Net results from structured insurance products include certain structured indemnity contracts that are accounted for as deposit contracts. Net results from these contracts have marginally decreased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The decrease reflects the overall run-off nature of this line of business combined with a change in the interest rate hedging strategy on one of the larger transactions.

          Reinsurance

          The Company’s Reinsurance segment provides casualty, property risk, property catastrophe, marine, aviation and other specialty reinsurance on a global basis with business being written on both a proportional and non-proportional treaty basis and also on a facultative basis. The reinsurance operations are structured into geographical operating units: North America, Bermuda, International (Europe and Asia Pacific) and Latin America.

          The following table summarizes the underwriting results for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

619,260

 

$

533,730

 

 

16.0

%

Net premiums written

 

 

419,949

 

 

389,203

 

 

7.9

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

432,465

 

 

396,593

 

 

9.0

%

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(220,968

)

 

(170,981

)

 

29.2

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(79,839

)

 

(82,271

)

 

(3.0

)%

Operating expenses

 

 

(40,179

)

 

(44,220

)

 

(9.1

)%

 

 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit

 

$

91,479

 

$

99,121

 

 

(7.7

)%

Net results – structured products

 

$

3,388

 

$

(9,829

)

 

NM

*

Fee income and other

 

 

1,120

 

 

1,017

 

 

10.1

%


 

 

*

NM - Not meaningful

          Gross premiums written increased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 16.0% and, when evaluated in local currency, increased by 14.7%. The premium increase was predominantly from the North America property business where there have been increased premiums on a U.S. agricultural program due to rising crop commodity prices in 2011, as compared to the same period of 2010, when the crop prices were declining. There was also premium growth in Bermuda property catastrophe lines and International marine and casualty lines. Bermuda property premium growth was from positive amendments to prior year premium estimates and new business. International marine and casualty growth was from new business, price increases and

56


reinstatement premiums. These increases were partially offset by decreases in Latin America due to the non-renewal of certain treaties.

          Net premiums written increased by 7.9% in the third quarter of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. The increase resulted from the gross written premium increases outlined above partially offset by an increase in ceded premiums written. Ceded premiums written increased by 37.9% reflecting the increase in premiums on the U.S. agricultural program, outlined above, which has a high ceding ratio.

          Net premiums earned increased by 9.0% in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase is a reflection of the overall growth in net premiums written in 2011.

          The following table presents the ratios for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

51.1

%

 

43.1

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

27.7

%

 

31.9

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

78.8

%

 

75.0

%

 

 



 



 

          The loss and loss expense ratio includes net losses incurred for both the current year and any favorable or adverse prior year development of loss and loss expense reserves held at the beginning of the year. The following table summarizes the net (favorable) adverse prior year development relating to the Reinsurance segment for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Property and other short-tail lines

 

$

1.9

 

$

(30.1

)

Casualty and other

 

 

(41.7

)

 

(56.7

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

(39.8

)

$

(86.8

)

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio excluding prior year development

 

 

60.3

%

 

65.0

%

 

 



 



 

          Excluding prior year development, the loss ratio for the third quarter of 2011 decreased by 4.7 loss percentage points as compared to the same period in 2010. Catastrophe losses net of reinsurance recoveries and including reinstatement premiums were $7.1 million lower in the third quarter of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. For further details on catastrophe losses in 2011 see “Significant Items affecting the Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above. Excluding favorable prior year development, net catastrophe losses and reinstatement premiums in both quarters, the loss ratio decreased by 2.4 points from 2010 to 2011 due to changes in business mix and marine losses in the third quarter of 2010.

          Net favorable prior year reserve development of $39.8 million for the third quarter of 2011 was mainly attributable to the long-tailed lines as follows:

 

 

 

 

Net favorable prior year development of $41.7 million for the long-tailed lines in the quarter and details of these by specific lines are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

For casualty lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $28.7 million favorable due to better than expected claim activity in North America and in Europe, predominantly for the 2000 to 2006 underwriting years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For other lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $13.0 million favorable due to reserve releases on whole account treaties written on Lloyd’s syndicates for the 2008 underwriting year of $7.7 million with the remainder mainly from releases of large loss and trade credit reserves.

          The decrease in the underwriting expense ratio in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 was due to a reduction in the operating expense ratio of 2.0 points (9.2% as compared to 11.2%) and a reduction in the acquisition expense ratio of 2.2 points (18.5% as compared to 20.7%). The decrease in the operating expense ratio was due to lower compensation expenses in the third quarter of 2011. The decrease in the acquisition expense ratio was from a variety of sources including, the Latin America book, a reduction in sliding scale commissions for property proportional programs and from the U.S. crop program which carries very low acquisition costs.

          Fee income and other was in line with the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010.

          Net results from structured reinsurance products include certain structured indemnity contracts that are accounted for as deposit contracts. Net results from these contracts have increased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 due to higher interest expense in the prior year. This higher interest expense was due to an accretion rate adjustment recorded in the prior year quarter based on changes in expected cash flows and payout patterns on one of the larger structured indemnity contracts.

57


          Life Operations

          During March 2009, the Company completed a strategic review of its life reinsurance business and announced that it would run-off its existing book of U.K. and Irish traditional life and annuity business, and not accept new business. Prior to the decision being made to run-off the business, products offered included a broad range of underlying lines of life reinsurance business, including term assurances, group life, critical illness cover, immediate annuities and disability income. In addition, prior to selling the renewal rights to the Continental European Business, the products offered included short-term life, accident and health business. The segment also covers a range of geographic markets, with an emphasis on the U.K., U.S., Ireland and Continental Europe.

          The following summarizes the contribution from this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

100,564

 

$

103,957

 

 

(3.3

)%

Net premiums written

 

 

90,769

 

 

96,444

 

 

(5.9

)%

Net premiums earned

 

 

90,794

 

 

96,586

 

 

(6.0

)%

Claims and policy benefits

 

 

(139,549

)

 

(144,358

)

 

(3.3

)%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(9,193

)

 

(6,114

)

 

50.4

%

Operating expenses

 

 

(2,352

)

 

(2,372

)

 

(0.8

)%

Net investment income

 

 

80,349

 

 

78,387

 

 

2.5

%

Fee income and other

 

 

41

 

 

54

 

 

(24.1

)%

Realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

(23,307

)

 

(1,512

)

 

NM

*

 

 



 



 



 

Contribution from Life operations

 

$

(3,217

)

$

20,671

 

 

NM

*

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

 



 

*

NM – Not meaningful

          The following table is an analysis of the Life operations gross premiums written, net premiums written and net premiums earned for the three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30, 2011

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Gross
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Earned

 

Gross
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Earned

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Other Life

 

$

59,815

 

$

57,428

 

$

57,452

 

$

64,465

 

$

64,066

 

$

64,208

 

Annuity

 

 

40,749

 

 

33,341

 

 

33,342

 

 

39,492

 

 

32,378

 

 

32,378

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

100,564

 

$

90,769

 

$

90,794

 

$

103,957

 

$

96,444

 

$

96,586

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          Gross premiums written decreased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 3.3%, due to a 7.2% decrease from the Other Life business, partially offset by a 3.2% increase from the Annuity business. The decrease from the Other Life business was driven predominantly by the natural run-down of the book of business, offset by favorable foreign exchange movements and the increase from the Annuity business was due to foreign exchange movements. Ceded premiums written increased due primarily to higher prior underwriting year premiums on the short-term life business, and favorable foreign exchange movements.

          Net premiums earned decreased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 6.0%. This decrease was consistent with the decrease in gross and net premiums written as described above.

          Claims and policy benefit reserves decreased by 3.3% in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, largely due to the prior year containing IBNR increases, and in line with the natural run down of the book of business, despite negative foreign exchange movements.

          Acquisition costs increased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 50.4%, primarily due to amendments to prior underwriting years commissions.

          Operating expenses decreased by 0.8% in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year.

          Net investment income is included in the calculation of contribution from Life operations, as it relates to income earned on portfolios of separately identified and managed life investment assets and other allocated assets. Net investment income increased by 2.5% in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, due to a positive foreign exchange impact, but was broadly in line with expected returns in underlying currencies.

58


          The realized losses on investments within the Life portfolio relate primarily to the sale of European financials, mainly hybrid securities. See “Net Realized Gains and Losses and Other-than-Temporary Declines in the Value of Investments” below for an analysis of the Company’s total realized losses on investments during the three months ended September 30, 2011.

          Investment Activities

          The following table illustrates the change in net investment income from P&C operations, net income from investment fund affiliates, net realized (losses) gains on investments and net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment derivative instruments for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net investment income – property and casualty operations (1)

 

$

209,757

 

$

216,348

 

 

(3.0

)%

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates (2)

 

 

(7,123

)

 

3,105

 

 

NM

*

Net realized (losses) on investments

 

 

(62,354

)

 

(68,755

)

 

(9.3

)%

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment and other derivative instruments

 

 

(26,916

)

 

12,473

 

 

NM

*


 

 

 

 




 

 

(1)

Net investment income relating to P&C operations includes the net investment income related to the net results from structured products.

 

(2)

The Company records the income related to alternative fund affiliates on a one month lag and the private investment fund affiliates on a three month lag in order for the Company to meet the accelerated filing deadlines.

          Net investment income related to P&C operations decreased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 primarily as a result of cash outflows from the invested portfolio and declining interest rates in all jurisdictions.

          Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates decreased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, reflecting the generally weaker capital markets environment this year for the Company’s alternative funds and private investment portfolio as against the third quarter of 2010.

          The Company manages its investment grade fixed income securities in accordance with investment guidelines approved by the Risk and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors. The following is a summary of the investment portfolio returns for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011(1)

 

2010 (1)

 

 

 


 


 

Fixed income portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD fixed income portfolio

 

 

1.4

%

 

1.6

%

GBP fixed income portfolio

 

 

2.5

%

 

4.9

%

EUR fixed income portfolio

 

 

3.4

%

 

3.4

%

Other portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative portfolio (2)

 

 

(1.3

)%

 

1.4

%

Equity portfolio (3)

 

 

(17.4

)%

 

 

High-Yield fixed income portfolio

 

 

(3.4

)%

 

2.6

%


 

 

 



 

(1)

Portfolio returns are calculated by dividing the sum of gross investment income or net income from investment affiliates, realized gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) by the average market value of each portfolio. Performance is measured in the underlying asset currency.

 

 

(2)

Performance on the alternative portfolio reflects the three months ended August 31, 2011 and August 31, 2010, respectively.

 

 

(3)

Investment returns for the equity portfolio were negligible in 2010 and, accordingly, performance returns were not presented. Included within the equity portfolio are investments in fixed income funds of $91.1 million and nil at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

          Net Realized Gains and Losses and Other-than-Temporary Declines in the Value of Investments

          Net realized losses on investments of $62.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2011 included net realized losses of approximately $66.8 million related to the write-down of certain of the Company’s fixed income investments. Included in the net realized losses noted above are net realized gains of $4.5 million from sales of investments.

          The significant components of the net impairment charges of $66.8 million were:

 

 

 

 

Net impairments of $32.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 relating to structured credit securities. The Company determined that the likely recovery on these securities was below the carrying value, and accordingly recorded impairments on the securities to the discounted value of the expected cash flows.

59



 

 

 

 

For corporate securities, excluding medium term notes, the Company recorded net impairments totaling $6.5 million, principally on hybrid securities.

 

 

 

 

Net impairments totaling $6.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 related to medium term notes backed primarily by investment grade European credit. The Company adjusted the estimated remaining holding period of certain notes resulting in a shorter reinvestment spectrum.

 

 

 

 

Net impairments of $21.4 million related to foreign exchange losses arising on U.S. Dollar denominated securities held in a Swiss franc functional currency entity. These foreign exchange losses are recorded as part of the foreign currency revaluation process; however, because the Company’s consolidated reporting currency is U.S. dollars, the foreign exchange impairment recorded on these securities is fully offset by a cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment gain recorded upon the consolidation of the foreign currency entity.

          Net realized losses in the third quarter of 2010 included net realized losses of $38.0 million related to the write-down of certain of the Company’s fixed income, equity and other investments with respect to which the Company determined that there was an other-than-temporary decline in the value of those investments, as well as net realized losses of $30.8 million from sales of investments.

          Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investment-Related Derivatives

          Net realized and unrealized gains on investment derivatives and other derivative instruments for the three months ended September 30, 2011 resulted from the Company’s investment strategy to manage interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and credit risk, and to replicate permitted investments.

          Other Revenues and Expenses

          The following table sets forth other revenues and expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) from operating affiliates (1)

 

$

35,552

 

$

14,035

 

 

NM

*

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

39,425

 

 

(44,540

)

 

NM

*

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

(885

)

 

(465

)

 

90.3

%

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

(32,962

)

 

(19,782

)

 

66.6

%

Interest expense (2)

 

 

(35,885

)

 

(36,146

)

 

(0.7

)%

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

(24,718

)

 

(29,810

)

 

(17.1

)%


 

 

 



 

(1)

The Company generally records the income related to certain operating affiliates on a three month lag in order for the Company to meet accelerated filing deadlines.

(2)

Interest expense does not include interest expense related structured products as reported within the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

*

NM – Not meaningful


          The following table sets forth the net income (loss) from operating affiliates for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) from financial operating affiliates

 

$

 

$

2,004

 

 

NM

*

Net income from investment manager affiliates

 

 

30,288

 

 

321

 

 

NM

*

Net income from other strategic operating affiliates

 

 

5,264

 

 

11,710

 

 

(55.0

)%

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

35,552

 

$

14,035

 

 

NM

*

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

*

NM - Not meaningful

          Investment manager affiliate income increased substantially in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year, reflecting principally the positive income of the sale of the Company’s ownership stake in Finisterre as well as generally solid operating results from the remaining investment manager affiliates in the current quarter, compared to flat results in the same quarter of 2010.

          Strategic operating affiliate income decreased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the third quarter of 2010 due to higher prior period income related to an insurance affiliate which writes direct U.S. homeowners insurance.

60


          Foreign exchange gains in the third quarter of 2011 were primarily driven by the stronger U.S. dollar against certain European currencies, including the U.K. sterling the Swiss franc and the Euro, as well as the Canadian dollar. In the quarter ended September 30, 2010, a weakening U.S. dollar relative to a number of currencies, particularly the U.K. sterling and the Australian dollar and, to a lesser extent, the Euro, gave rise to foreign exchange losses.

          Corporate operating expenses increased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year primarily as a result of certain strategic corporate initiatives taking place in 2011.

          Interest expense marginally decreased in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of interest savings from the remarketing of the 8.25 Senior Notes and the settlement of the 10.75% Units offset by changes in the Company’s debt hedging activities from 2010. See “Key Focuses of Management – Capital Management” herein.

          The tax charge incurred in the three months ended September 30, 2011 was $24.7 million. The decrease in the Company’s income tax expense in the quarter compared to the same period of 2010 arose principally from lower income in taxable jurisdictions in the current quarter.

          Segment Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010

          Insurance

          The following table summarizes the underwriting results for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

3,669,280

 

$

3,209,411

 

 

14.3

%

Net premiums written

 

 

2,684,938

 

 

2,435,557

 

 

10.2

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

2,713,430

 

 

2,637,825

 

 

2.9

%

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(2,163,786

)

 

(1,881,502

)

 

15.0

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(340,048

)

 

(312,166

)

 

8.9

%

Operating expenses

 

 

(488,837

)

 

(472,057

)

 

3.6

%

 

 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

(279,241

)

$

(27,900

)

 

NM

*

Net results – structured products

 

$

8,407

 

$

11,594

 

 

(27.5

)%

Net fee income and other

 

 

(12,614

)

 

(11,836

)

 

6.6

%


 

 


*

NM – Not meaningful

          Gross premiums written increased by 14.3% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010 and, when evaluated in local currency, increased by 10.6%. The IPC and NAPC business groups both experienced increased gross premiums written which were partially offset by declines from the Specialty and Professional business groups. The growth in premium is driven by new business growth across all lines in NAPC and the property and middle market lines in IPC along with favorable foreign exchange. In addition to favorable foreign exchange and new business, the renewal of long term agreements as annual policies in IPC Primary Casualty, selective long term agreements, certain premium adjustments and increased shares contributed to increased premiums for the segment. For Professional and Specialty business groups, a reduction in gross premiums written was attributable to lower new business in marine and U.S. professional partially offset by new business in general aviation, specie and certain niche professional lines. In addition, a lower renewable base over the prior year further contributed to the reduction in U.S. professional gross premiums written.

          Net premiums written increased by 10.2% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase resulted from the gross premiums written increases outlined above partially offset by an increase in ceded premiums written of 27.2%. The increase in ceded premiums written relates to increased utilization of facultative reinsurance, primarily in IPC, the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange rates, adverse amendments to prior year premium estimates in property, excess casualty and middle market excess of loss treaties and reinstatement premiums related to catastrophe, property and marine losses.

          Net premiums earned increased by 2.9% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase primarily resulted from higher net written premiums earned through primary casualty, property and middle markets and favorable foreign exchange impacts offset by the catastrophe, property and marine reinstatement premiums noted above and the earn-out of lower net premiums written in U.S. Professional and certain discontinued and environmental lines.

61


          The following table presents the ratios for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 






 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

79.7

%

 

71.3

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

30.6

%

 

29.8

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

110.3

%

 

101.1

%

 

 



 



 

          The loss and loss expense ratio includes net losses incurred for both the current period and any favorable or adverse prior year development of loss and loss expense reserves held at the beginning of the year. The following table summarizes the net (favorable) adverse prior year development relating to the Insurance segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

 



 



 

 

Property

 

$

(10.9

)

$

(19.6

)

Casualty

 

 

17.1

 

 

4.2

 

Professional

 

 

(72.6

)

 

(35.3

)

Specialty and other

 

 

17.4

 

 

(11.2

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

(49.0

)

$

(61.9

)

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio excluding prior year development

 

 

81.5

%

 

73.7

%

 

 



 



 

          Excluding prior year development, the loss ratio for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 increased by 7.8 loss percentage points as compared to the same period in 2010 due to higher levels of catastrophe losses occurring in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Catastrophe losses net of reinsurance recoveries and including reinstatement premiums were $101.6 million higher for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. For further details on these catastrophe losses in 2011 see “Significant Items affecting the Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above. Excluding favorable prior year development and net catastrophe losses in both periods, the current accident year loss ratio increased by 4.3 points from 2010 to 2011 due to higher large loss activity in energy, property, marine and aerospace businesses.

          Net favorable prior year reserve development of $49.0 million (gross unfavorable of $29.9 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was mainly attributable to the following:

 

 

For property lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $10.9 million favorable as a result of better than expected reported loss activity for the 2010 accident year for the non-catastrophe exposures and a decrease of $8.5 million for the 2010 Queensland flood catastrophe losses, partially offset by adverse development of $6.6 million for the 2010 European flood catastrophe losses and $1.9 million for the 2009 Japan earthquake catastrophe losses.

 

 

For casualty lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $17.1 million unfavorable (gross unfavorable of $100.0 million) related to adverse development on large excess casualty claims of $23.3 million in the 2010 accident year and adverse loss experience for the U.S. risk management workers compensation book of $6.6 million, partially offset by the continued benign large loss experience in primary casualty for the 2002 and prior accident years. The larger gross unfavorable development is driven by the significant gross deterioration in the large excess casualty claims mentioned above and a large discontinued primary casualty loss being mostly covered by reinsurance.

 

 

For professional lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $72.6 million favorable primarily from better than expected reported loss activity for the directors and officers large professional services book of $71.0 million and a further $54.8 million of favorable development in the errors and omissions book of business, both releases arising from the 2007 and prior accident years. Partially offsetting these releases was worse than expected loss experience for the small and midsize professional service books of business for the 2008 to 2010 accident years.

 

 

For specialty and other lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $17.4 million unfavorable mainly due to worse than expected reported loss activity for the excess and surplus lines of $16.3 million for the 2007 to 2010 accident years, and adverse development for the surety book of $20.9 million predominantly for the 2007 accident year relating to a discontinued program. This was partially offset by better than expected reported loss activity in the

62



 

 

 

aerospace book of $10.8 million and a release in the marine book of $12.4 million, both releases arising primarily for the 2004 to 2009 accident years.

          The increase in the underwriting expense ratio in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 was due to an increase in the acquisition expense ratio of 0.7 points (12.5% as compared to 11.8%) and a marginal increase in the operating expense ratio of 0.1 points (18.1% as compared to 18.0%). The increase in the acquisition expense ratio was primarily from favorable adjustment in guaranty fund assessments in 2010, as well as higher commissions and lower amounts of fee based business in excess casualty and aerospace, as well as the impact of the catastrophe, property and marine reinstatement premiums. The increase in the operating expense ratio was mainly as a result of increased compensation costs from a higher number of employees, prior year merit increases, and unfavorable foreign exchange impacts.

          Net fee income and other decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 mainly as a result of higher expenses related to the Company’s loss prevention consulting services partially offset by higher engineering fees in NAPC Property.

          Net results from structured insurance products include certain structured indemnity contracts that are accounted for as deposit contracts. Net results from these contracts have decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The decrease reflects the overall run-off nature of this line of business combined with a change in the interest rate hedging strategy on one of the larger transactions during the third quarter of 2010.

          Reinsurance

          The following table summarizes the underwriting results for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 



 



 



 

Gross premiums written

 

$

1,968,444

 

$

1,745,493

 

 

12.8

%

Net premiums written

 

 

1,628,109

 

 

1,441,644

 

 

12.9

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

1,226,923

 

 

1,110,830

 

 

10.5

%

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(856,722

)

 

(569,843

)

 

50.3

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(244,813

)

 

(230,448

)

 

6.2

%

Operating expenses

 

 

(129,362

)

 

(129,910

)

 

(0.4

)%

 

 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit

 

$

(3,974

)

$

180,629

 

 

NM

*

Net results – structured products

 

$

9,828

 

$

(1,577

)

 

NM

*

Fee income and other

 

 

2,505

 

 

1,911

 

 

31.1

%


 

 


*

NM - Not meaningful

          Gross premiums written increased by 12.8% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010 and, when evaluated in local currency, increased by 11.7%. The premium growth from the International unit was due to new motor and marine business, recaptured business, as well as positive amendments to prior year premium estimates partially offset by lower casualty renewals. During the third quarter of 2011, there were increased premiums in North America property on a U.S. agricultural program due to rising commodity prices in 2011, where, in the same period of 2010 the commodity prices were declining. The growth in property catastrophe gross premiums written was through price and capacity increases and from new business in the period partially offset by the non-renewal of certain property treaties. The increases were also partially offset by decreases in North America casualty due to current market conditions, the non-renewal of certain treaties and the timing of certain inceptions.

          Net premiums written increased by 12.9% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase resulted from the gross written premiums increases outlined above partially offset by an increase in ceded premiums written. The increase in ceded premiums written was mainly due to an increase in volume associated with a U.S. agricultural program of which a significant portion was retroceded partially offset by lower ceded reinstatement premiums associated with natural catastrophes and other large losses in the first nine months of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010.

          Net premiums earned increased by 10.5% in the nine months ended September 30, of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase is a reflection of the overall growth in net premiums written in 2011. In addition, reinstatement premiums on catastrophe losses, increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010.

63


          The following table presents the ratios for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

69.8

%

 

51.3

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

30.5

%

 

32.4

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

100.3

%

 

83.7

%

 

 



 



 


The loss and loss expense ratio includes net losses incurred for both the current year and any favorable or adverse prior year development of loss and loss expense reserves held at the beginning of the year. The following table summarizes the net (favorable) adverse prior year development relating to the Reinsurance segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Property and other short-tail lines

 

$

(54.1

)

$

(107.9

)

Casualty and other

 

 

(114.0

)

 

(81.6

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

(168.1

)

$

(189.5

)

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio excluding prior year development

 

 

83.5

%

 

68.4

%

 

 



 



 

          Excluding prior year development, the loss ratio for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 increased by 15.1 loss percentage points as compared to the same period in 2010 due to higher levels of catastrophe losses occurring in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Catastrophe losses net of reinsurance recoveries and including reinstatement premiums were $200.6 million higher for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. For further details on these catastrophe losses in 2011 see “Significant Items affecting the Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above. Excluding favorable prior year development, net catastrophe losses and reinstatement premiums in both periods, the loss ratio decreased by 0.6 points from 2010 to 2011 mainly due to higher marine losses in the International unit occurring in 2010 as well as business mix changes.

          Net favorable prior year reserve development of $168.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was mainly attributable to the following:

 

 

 

 

Net favorable prior year development of $54.1 million for the short-tailed lines in the period, resulting from the following:

 

 

 

 

For property catastrophe lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $32.4 million favorable with the main components of this being better than expected loss development of $11.0 million from several European windstorm losses and $8.0 million from Hurricanes Katrina and Rita.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For property other lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $31.4 million favorable as a result of lower than expected reported losses across most lines of business and most underwriting years with the exception of one cedant in Latin America.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For marine and aviation lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $9.7 million unfavorable primarily due to reported claim development being above expectations.

 

 

 

 

Net favorable prior year development of $114.0 million for the long-tailed lines in the period, resulting from the following:

 

 

 

 

For casualty lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $83.3 million in favorable development primarily related to $40.1 million in better than expected claim activity in North America, $22.8 million in Europe and $20.0 million related to favorable development on Enron-related professional liability claims. The favorable development is primarily for the 1999 to 2006 underwriting years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For other lines, net prior year development in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $30.7 million favorable due to reserve releases on whole account treaties written on Lloyd’s syndicates for the 2008 underwriting year as well as releases on large losses and trade credit.

          The decrease in the underwriting expense ratio in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was due to a decrease in the operating expense ratio of 1.2 points (10.5% as compared to 11.7%) and a reduction in the acquisition expense ratio of 0.7 points (20.0% as compared to 20.7%). The decrease in the operating expense ratio was due to lower compensation costs in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in the acquisition expense ratio was mainly due to the U.S. crop program which carries very low acquisition costs against

64


higher net earned premiums in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010.

          Fee income and other increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to same period of 2010 due in part to the amendment to the sales proceeds for the renewal rights of the European life, accident and health business, resulting in a charge for the prior year period. In addition, fees received in Latin America increased during the current period due to the extension in duration for some treaties.

          Net results from structured reinsurance products include certain structured indemnity contracts that are accounted for as deposit contracts. Net results from these contracts have decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 due to higher interest expense in the prior year. This higher interest expense was due to an accretion rate adjustment recorded in the third quarter of the prior year based on changes in expected cash flows and payout patterns on one of the larger structured indemnity contracts.

          Life Operations

          The following summarizes the contribution from this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

298,504

 

$

309,696

 

 

(3.6

)%

Net premiums written

 

 

272,635

 

 

287,204

 

 

(5.1

)%

Net premiums earned

 

 

272,695

 

 

287,918

 

 

(5.3

)%

Claims and policy benefits

 

 

(410,196

)

 

(391,476

)

 

4.8

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(26,281

)

 

(37,256

)

 

(29.5

)%

Operating expenses

 

 

(7,241

)

 

(8,145

)

 

(11.1

)%

Net investment income

 

 

239,382

 

 

234,120

 

 

2.2

%

Fee income and other

 

 

178

 

 

208

 

 

(14.1

)%

Realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

(62,154

)

 

(11,370

)

 

NM

*

 

 



 



 



 

Contribution from Life operations

 

$

6,383

 

$

73,999

 

 

(91.4

)%

 

 



 



 



 


 

 


*

NM - Not meaningful

          The following table is an analysis of the Life operations gross premiums written, net premiums written and net premiums earned for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2011

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Gross
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Earned

 

Gross
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Earned

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Other Life

 

$

175,842

 

$

172,403

 

$

172,463

 

$

194,301

 

$

192,825

 

$

193,540

 

Annuity

 

 

122,662

 

 

100,232

 

 

100,232

 

 

115,395

 

 

94,379

 

 

94,378

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

298,504

 

$

272,635

 

$

272,695

 

$

309,696

 

$

287,204

 

$

287,918

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          Gross premiums written decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 3.6%, driven predominantly by the Other Life business. The decrease was in line with the run-off expectations following the recapture of a number of term assurance treaties during the first quarter of 2010, partially offset by favorable foreign exchange movements. Gross premiums written relating to annuity business increased due to favorable foreign exchange rate movements. Ceded premiums written increased due to foreign exchange movements.

          Net premiums earned decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 5.3%. This decrease was consistent with the decrease in gross and net premiums written as described above.

          Claims and policy benefit reserves increased by 4.8% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, as a result of a $13.6 million gain on recapture of three treaties in the first quarter of 2010, combined with a negative foreign exchange impact in the current period, partially offset by reserve releases generally consistent with movements in premiums written, and in line with natural run-off.

          Acquisition costs decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 29.5%, largely due to the recaptured treaties in the prior year and run-off expectations outlined above.

65


          Operating expenses decreased by 11.1% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year due mainly to lower compensation expenses as a result of severance costs in 2010 following the decision to place this business into run-off.

          Net investment income as it relates to income earned on portfolios of separately identified and managed life investment assets and other allocated assets, is included in the calculation of contribution from Life operations. Net investment income increased by 2.2% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, due to positive foreign exchange impact, but was broadly in line with expected returns in underlying currencies.

          The realized losses on investments within the Life portfolio relate primarily to the sale of European hybrids and subordinated debt in European financial institutions. See “Net Realized Gains and Losses and Other-than-Temporary Declines in the Value of Investments” below for an analysis of the Company’s total realized losses on investments during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

          Investment Activities

          The following table illustrates the change in net investment income from P&C operations, net income from investment fund affiliates, net realized (losses) gains on investments and net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment and other derivative instruments for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net investment income – property and casualty operations (1)

 

$

627,492

 

$

662,531

 

 

(5.3

)%

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates (2)

 

 

30,277

 

 

30,367

 

 

(0.3

)%

Net realized (losses) on investments

 

 

(138,335

)

 

(166,317

)

 

(16.8

)%

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment and other derivative instruments

 

 

(34,299

)

 

(27,903

)

 

22.9

%


 

 


(1)

Net investment income relating to P&C operations includes the net investment income related to the net results from structured products.

(2)

The Company records the income related to alternative fund affiliates on a one month lag and the private investment fund affiliates on a three month lag in order for the Company to meet the accelerated filing deadlines.

          Net investment income related to P&C operations decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. Overall, portfolio yields have decreased due to the primarily to cash flows from the invested portfolio and declining interest rates primarily in U.S. and U.K. jurisdictions.

          Net income from investment fund affiliates in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 were in line with results in the same period of 2010, reflecting modest results from the Company’s alternative funds and strong returns in the private investment portfolio in the first three quarters of the current fiscal year, as compared to more balanced contributions from both portfolios in the first nine months of 2010.

          The Company manages its investment grade fixed income securities in accordance with investment guidelines approved by the Risk and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors. The following is a summary of the investment portfolio returns for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011(1)

 

2010 (1)

 

 

 


 


 

Fixed income portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD fixed income portfolio

 

 

4.0

%

 

6.3

%

GBP fixed income portfolio

 

 

5.2

%

 

11.7

%

EUR fixed income portfolio

 

 

4.2

%

 

9.1

%

Other portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative portfolio (2)

 

 

3.0

%

 

3.6

%

Equity portfolio (3)

 

 

(12.9

)%

 

 

High-Yield fixed income portfolio

 

 

(0.4

)%

 

5.2

%


 

 


(1)

Portfolio returns are calculated by dividing the sum of gross investment income or net income from investment affiliates, realized gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) by the average market value of each portfolio. Performance is measured in the underlying asset currency.

 

 

(2)

Performance on the alternative portfolio reflects the nine months ended August 31, 2011 and August 31, 2010, respectively.

66



 

 

(3)

Investment returns for the equity portfolio were negligible in 2010 and, accordingly, performance returns were not presented. Included within the equity portfolio are investments in fixed income funds of $91.1 million and nil at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

         Net Realized Gains and Losses and Other-than-Temporary Declines in the Value of Investments

          Net realized losses on investments of $138.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included net realized losses of approximately $131.4 million related to the write-down of certain of the Company’s fixed income investments. In addition, included in the net realized losses noted above are net realized losses of $6.9 million due primarily to losses from sales of investments, principally, on European financials and non-Agency RMBS offset partially by gains on Agencies.

          The significant components of the net impairment charges of $131.4 million were:

 

 

 

 

For structured credit securities, the Company recorded net impairments of $67.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The Company determined that the likely recovery on these securities was below the carrying value and, accordingly, recorded an impairment on the securities to the discounted value of the cash flows of these securities.

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded impairments totaling $26.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 related to medium term notes backed primarily by investment grade European credit. The Company adjusted the estimated remaining holding period of certain notes resulting in a shorter reinvestment spectrum.

 

 

 

 

For corporate securities, excluding medium term notes, the Company recorded net impairments totaling $6.5 million, principally on hybrid securities, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded impairments of $31.3 million related to foreign exchange losses arising on U.S. Dollar denominated securities held in a Swiss franc functional currency entity. These foreign exchange losses are recorded as part of the foreign currency revaluation process; however, because the Company’s consolidated reporting currency is U.S. dollars, the foreign exchange impairment recorded on these securities is fully offset by a cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment gain recorded upon the consolidation of the foreign currency entity.

          Net realized losses in the first nine months of 2010 included net realized losses of $135.6 million related to the write-down of certain of the Company’s fixed income, equity and other investments with respect to which the Company determined that there was an other-than-temporary decline in the value of those investments as well as negligible gains from sales of investments.

         Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investment-Related Derivatives

          Net realized and unrealized gains on investment derivatives for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 resulted from the Company’s investment strategy to manage interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and credit risk, and to replicate permitted investments.

         Other Revenues and Expenses

          The following table sets forth other revenues and expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) from operating affiliates (1)

 

$

95,439

 

$

46,654

 

 

NM

*

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

38,409

 

 

8,819

 

 

NM

*

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

(1,394

)

 

(1,394

)

 

NM

*

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

(107,711

)

 

(61,438

)

 

75.3

%

Interest expense (2)

 

 

(119,383

)

 

(111,597

)

 

7.0

%

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

(16,747

)

 

(102,622

)

 

(83.7

)%


 

 


(1)

The Company generally records the income related to certain operating affiliates on a three month lag in order for the Company to meet accelerated filing deadlines.

(2)

Interest expense does not include interest expense related to structured products as reported within the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

*

NM – Not meaningful

67


          The following table sets forth the net income (loss) from operating affiliates for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net (loss) from financial operating affiliates

 

$

(1,018

)

$

1,219

 

 

NM

*

Net income from investment manager affiliates

 

 

76,799

 

 

15,064

 

 

NM

*

Net income from other strategic operating affiliates

 

 

19,658

 

 

30,371

 

 

(35.3

)%

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

95,439

 

$

46,654

 

 

NM

*

 

 



 



 



 

 

 


*

NM – Not meaningful

          The financial operating affiliate loss in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 reflects a write down in value of one investment following a restructuring.

          Investment manager affiliate income increased substantially in the first nine months of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year, reflecting the positive impact of the sale of the Company’s ownership stake in Finisterre, and strong results from certain investment manager affiliates in the current year, compared to solid broad-based results in the same period of 2010.

          Strategic operating affiliate income decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 due to higher prior period income relating to an insurance affiliate which largely writes direct U.S. homeowners’ insurance and from the Company’s Brazilian joint venture ITAÚ XL Seguros Corporativos S.A. (“ITAU”), which was sold during the second quarter of 2010.

          Foreign exchange gains in the first nine months of 2011 were a result of the overall movement in the value of the U.S. dollar during the period. Of the Company’s major currency exposures, the U.S. dollar was stronger against Australian and Canadian dollars but weaker against the Swiss franc and the Euro.

          Corporate operating expenses increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 primarily as a result of certain strategic corporate initiatives taking place in 2011.

          Interest expense increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of changes in the Company’s debt hedging activities. In June 2010, interest rate contracts designed as fair value hedges of certain issues of the Company’s notes payable and debt were settled.

          The tax charge of $16.7 million recognized in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included a benefit of $11.9 million arising as a result of a change in an overseas tax rule adopted in the quarter ended June 30, 2011. Excluding this benefit, the tax charge incurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the tax charge incurred in the same period in 2010 reflect the Company’s expected full year effective tax rate in each of the years, applied to the Company’s ordinary income in the respective periods.

68


Balance Sheet Analysis

          Investments

          The primary objectives of the investment strategy are to support the liabilities arising from the operations of the Company, generate stable investment income and increase book value for the shareholders over the longer term. The strategy strives to balance investment returns against market and credit risk. The Company’s overall investment portfolio is structured to take into account a number of variables including local regulatory requirements, business needs, collateral management and risk tolerance.

          At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, total investments, cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income and net receivable/(payable) for investments sold/(purchased) were $36.0 billion and $35.8 billion, respectively. The following table summarizes the composition of the Company’s invested assets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Carrying value
September 30,
2011
(1)

 

Percent of
Total

 

Carrying Value
December 31,
2010 (1)

 

Percent of
Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,176,283

 

 

8.8

%

$

3,022,868

 

 

8.4

%

Net receivable/ (payable) for investments sold/ (purchased)

 

 

(74,744

)

 

(0.2

)%

 

(12,599

)

 

0.0

%

Accrued investment income

 

 

357,332

 

 

1.0

%

 

350,091

 

 

1.0

%

Short-term investments

 

 

366,679

 

 

1.0

%

 

450,681

 

 

1.3

%

Fixed maturities - AFS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported (2)

 

 

2,108,841

 

 

5.9

%

 

2,565,444

 

 

7.2

%

Corporate – Financials (3) (4)

 

 

3,593,945

 

 

10.0

%

 

3,985,889

 

 

11.1

%

Corporate – Non-Financials (4)

 

 

7,163,963

 

 

19.9

%

 

6,983,082

 

 

19.5

%

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

5,595,139

 

 

15.5

%

 

5,203,711

 

 

14.5

%

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

682,981

 

 

1.9

%

 

1,021,823

 

 

2.9

%

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,016,886

 

 

2.8

%

 

1,172,507

 

 

3.3

%

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

673,575

 

 

1.9

%

 

734,138

 

 

2.1

%

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

1,076,825

 

 

3.0

%

 

960,532

 

 

2.7

%

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

1,723,554

 

 

4.8

%

 

1,360,456

 

 

3.8

%

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

3,369,641

 

 

9.4

%

 

3,154,523

 

 

8.8

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities - AFS

 

$

27,005,350

 

 

75.0

%

$

27,142,105

 

 

75.8

%

Fixed maturities - HTM:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported (2)

 

 

10,494

 

 

0.0

%

 

10,541

 

 

0.0

%

Corporate – Financials (3) (4)

 

 

317,380

 

 

0.9

%

 

319,333

 

 

0.9

%

Corporate – Non-Financials (4)

 

 

1,001,474

 

 

2.8

%

 

1,018,464

 

 

2.8

%

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

81,923

 

 

0.2

%

 

82,763

 

 

0.2

%

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

284,095

 

 

0.8

%

 

287,109

 

 

0.8

%

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

1,030,257

 

 

2.9

%

 

1,010,125

 

 

2.8

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities - HTM

 

$

2,725,623

 

 

7.6

%

$

2,728,335

 

 

7.6

%

Equity securities (5)

 

 

409,163

 

 

1.1

%

 

84,767

 

 

0.2

%

Investments in affiliates

 

 

1,044,077

 

 

2.9

%

 

1,081,281

 

 

3.0

%

Other investments

 

 

1,001,575

 

 

2.8

%

 

939,470

 

 

2.7

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total investments and cash and cash equivalents

 

$

36,011,338

 

 

100.0

%

$

35,786,999

 

 

100

%

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

(1)

Carrying value represents the fair value for available for sale fixed maturities and amortized cost for HTM securities.

 

 

(2)

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported and Non U.S. Sovereign Government, Provincials, Supranational and Government-Related include government-related securities with an amortized cost of $2,022.7 million and fair value of $2,058.5 million and U.S. Agencies with an amortized cost of $531.0 million and fair value of $582.8 million.

 

 

(3)

Included in Corporate - Financials are gross unrealized losses of $167.6 million on Tier One and upper Tier Two securities of financial institutions (“Hybrids”) with fair value of $485.6 million, as well as gross unrealized losses of $65.0 million on subordinated debt (including lower Tier Two securities) with a fair value of $781.2 million.

 

 

(4)

Included within Corporate are certain floating rate medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European corporate bonds with varying degrees of leverage. The notes have a fair value of $429.2 million and an amortized cost of $460.0 million. These securities have been allocated ratings of the underlying pool of collateral. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

 

 

(5)

Included within equity securities are investments in fixed income funds of $91.1 million and nil at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

69


          The Company reviews on a regular basis its corporate debt to consider its concentration, credit quality and compliance with established guidelines. At both September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the average credit quality of the Company’s total fixed income portfolio (including fixed maturities, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents and net receivable/(payable) for investment sold/(purchased)) was “AA”. Included in the table below are the credit ratings of the fixed income portfolio excluding operating cash at each of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
September 30, 2011

December 31, 2010

 

 



(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Investments by Credit Rating

 

Carrying Value

 

Percent of
Total

 

Carrying Value

 

Percent of
Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

AAA

 

$

17,161

 

 

52.4

%

$

16,944

 

 

52.0

%

AA

 

 

5,458

 

 

16.7

%

 

5,058

 

 

15.5

%

A

 

 

6,976

 

 

21.3

%

 

7,288

 

 

22.3

%

BBB

 

 

2,252

 

 

6.9

%

 

2,182

 

 

6.7

%

BB and below

 

 

869

 

 

2.7

%

 

1,142

 

 

3.5

%

Not rated

 

 

16

 

 

0.0

%

 

6

 

 

0.0

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

32,732

 

 

100.0

%

$

32,620

 

 

100

%

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

(1)

Included in the above are $429.2 million or 1.3% of the portfolio that represents medium term notes rated at the average credit rating of the underlying asset pools backing the notes.

(2)

The credit rating for each asset reflected above was principally determined based on the weighted average rating of the individual securities from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings. For U.S. Treasuries, Agencies and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Guaranteed securities, the average rating remains AAA as only one of the three major rating agencies downgraded the U.S. from AAA to AA+ during the quarter.

          Gross and Net Unrealized Losses on Available for Sale Investments

          At September 30, 2011, the Company had net unrealized gains on available for sale fixed maturities and short-term investments of $253.9 million. Gross unrealized losses on these investments were $888.8 million. The information presented below for the gross unrealized losses on the Company’s investments at September 30, 2011 shows the potential effect upon future earnings and financial position should management later conclude that some of the current declines in the fair value of these investments are other-than-temporary. Realized losses or impairments, depending on their magnitude, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations. The decrease in net unrealized losses on investments during the three months ended September 30, 2011 was primarily due to losses realized during the quarter offset by marginally unfavorable market movement. See Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk–Credit Risk.”

          The following is an analysis of how long each of those available for sale securities with an unrealized loss at September 30, 2011 had been in a continual unrealized loss position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Type of Securities

 

Length of time in a continual
unrealized loss position

 

(Unaudited)
Amount of
unrealized loss at
September 30,
2011

 

(Unaudited)
Fair Value of
Securities in an
unrealized loss position
at September 30, 2011

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed Maturities and Short-Term Investments

 

Less than six months

 

$

61,102

 

$

2,436,111

 

 

 

At least 6 months but less than 12 months

 

 

59,282

 

 

412,675

 

 

 

At least 12 months but less than 2 years

 

 

287,341

 

 

1,448,849

 

 

 

2 years and over

 

 

481,065

 

 

1,702,567

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

Total

 

$

888,790

 

$

6,000,202

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Equities

 

Less than six months

 

$

55,829

 

$

370,535

 

 

 

At least 6 months but less than 12 months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

Total

 

$

55,829

 

 

370,535

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

70


          The following is the maturity profile of the available for sale fixed income securities that were in a gross unrealized loss position at September 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Maturity profile in years of fixed maturities and
short-term investments in a continual gross
unrealized loss position

 

(Unaudited)
Amount of
unrealized loss at
September 30,
2011

 

(Unaudited)
Fair value of securities in
an unrealized loss position
at September 30, 2011

 


 


 


 

Less than 1 year remaining

 

$

29,135

 

$

841,826

 

At least 1 year but less than 5 years remaining (1)

 

 

98,089

 

 

1,522,454

 

At least 5 years but less than 10 years remaining (1)

 

 

54,894

 

 

561,478

 

At least 10 years but less than 20 years remaining (1)

 

 

43,497

 

 

332,836

 

At least 20 years or more remaining (1)

 

 

189,093

 

 

770,556

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities - Agency

 

 

4,791

 

 

299,822

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities - Non-Agency

 

 

226,657

 

 

594,127

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

11,416

 

 

142,549

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

205,212

 

 

660,993

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

26,006

 

 

273,561

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

888,790

 

$

6,000,202

 

 

 



 



 


 

 

 


 

(1)

Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions, are allocated based on the call date and medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage are allocated on contractual maturity.

          Factors considered in determining that additional OTTI charges were not warranted include management’s consideration of current and near term liquidity needs along with other available sources, and in certain instances an evaluation of the factors and time necessary for recovery. For further information, see Item 1, Note 5, “Investments,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

          As noted in Item 8, Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, the determination of the amount of OTTI varies by investment type and is based upon management’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. Management considers a wide range of factors about the securities and uses their best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Management updates its evaluations regularly and reflects additional impairments in net income as determinations are made. Management’s determination of the amount of the impairment taken on investments is highly subjective and could adversely impact the Company’s results of operations. There can be no assurance that management has accurately assessed the level of OTTI taken and reflected in the Company’s financial statements. Furthermore, additional impairments may need to be taken in the future. Historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments.

          Levels of write down or OTTI are also impacted by the Company’s assessment of the intent to sell securities that have declined in value prior to recovery. If, due to changes in circumstances, the Company determines to reposition or realign portions of the portfolio and the Company determines not to hold certain securities in an unrealized loss position to recovery, then the Company will incur OTTI charges, which could be significant.

71


          Gross Unrealized Gains and Losses

          Management, in its assessment of whether securities in a gross unrealized loss position are temporarily impaired, considers the significance of the impairments. The Company had structured credit securities with gross unrealized losses of $80.4 million, with a fair value of $41.0 million, which at September 30, 2011 were impaired by greater than 50% of amortized costs. All of these are mortgage and asset-backed securities. The Company has evaluated each of these securities in conjunction with its investment manager service providers and believes it is more likely than not that the issuer will be able to fund sufficient principal and interest payments to support the current amortized cost. These securities include gross unrealized losses of $57.1 million on non-Agency RMBS, $22.5 million on Core CDOs and $0.7 million on CMBS holdings.

          Net Unrealized Gains and Losses

          Corporate

          At September 30, 2011, approximately $1.3 billion of the Company’s $3.9 billion in corporate financial sector securities was held in the portfolios supporting the Company’s Life operations portfolio. The assets associated with that business are more heavily weighted towards longer term securities from financial institutions, including a significant portion of the Company’s Tier 1 and Upper Tier 2 securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equity of the financial institutions. Financials held in Life portfolios accounted for $174.6 million of the Company’s net unrealized loss at September 30, 2011. At September 30, 2011, approximately 42% of the overall sensitivity to interest rate risk and 34% to credit risk was related to the Life operations portfolio, despite these portfolios accounting for only 19.6% of the fixed income portfolio.

          Structured

          The following table details the current exposures to Non-Agency RMBS and Core CDOs within the Company’s fixed income portfolio as well as the current net unrealized (loss) gain position at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
September 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Holding at
Fair Value

 

Percent
of Fixed
Income
Portfolio

 

Net
Unrealized
(Loss) Gain

 

Holding
at Fair
Value

 

Percent
of Fixed
Income
Portfolio

 

Net
Unrealized
(Loss) Gain

 

 

 


 




 


 


 


 

Non-Agency RMBS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-prime first lien mortgages

 

$

310.7

 

 

0.9

%

$

(136.1

)

$

395.1

 

 

1.2

%

$

(142.4

)

Alt-A mortgages

 

 

124.7

 

 

0.4

%

 

(37.3

)

 

198.0

 

 

0.6

%

 

(53.7

)

Second lien mortgages (including sub-prime second lien mortgages)

 

 

27.4

 

 

0.1

%

 

(6.9

)

 

33.1

 

 

0.1

%

 

(7.8

)

ABS CDOs with sub-prime
collateral

 

 

2.2

 

 

%

 

0.4

 

 

3.2

 

 

%

 

0.5

 

Prime RMBS

 

 

168.8

 

 

0.5

%

 

(25.1

)

 

311.6

 

 

0.9

%

 

(28.2

)

Other assets

 

 

131.1

 

 

0.4

%

 

2.6

 

 

166.5

 

 

0.5

%

 

(3.8

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total exposure to Non-Agency RMBS

 

$

764.9

 

 

2.3

%

$

(202.4

)

$

1,107.5

 

 

3.3

%

$

(235.4

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core CDOs (1)

 

$

671.9

 

 

2.0

%

$

(198.1

)

$

733.5

 

 

2.2

%

 

(186.6

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

(1)

The Company defines Core CDOs as investments in non-subprime collateralized debt obligations, which primarily consisted of collateralized loan obligations.

          At September 30, 2011, the Company’s sub-prime and Alt-A exposures had adequate underlying loan characteristics and the Company believed at such date that the current amortized cost levels were at or below the discounted cash flow value of the holdings, based on an analysis of subordination levels relative to current expectations of house price declines, loss severities and default levels. The Company had approximately $77.6 million of Non-Agency RMBS downgraded during the three months ended September 30, 2011. However, 56.6% of the Company’s holdings remain rated investment grade at September 30, 2011.

          Refer to “Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations” for further discussion surrounding the impact of credit market movements on the Company’s investment portfolio and exposure to sub-prime related assets.

          Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities

          The Company provides disclosures by level within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in Item 1, Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements. For a full description of the valuation methodologies utilized by the Company for all asset and liabilities carried at fair value, see Item 8, Note 2,

72


“Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, each included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          At September 30, 2011, our Level 3 assets represented approximately 2.7% of our assets that are measured at fair value and less than 2% of our total assets. Our Level 3 liabilities represented approximately 54.3% of our liabilities that are measured at fair value and less than 1% of our total liabilities at September 30, 2011. As defined in the hierarchy, those assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 have valuations determined using unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs may include the entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions, applied to a modeled valuation; however, this is not the case with respect to the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities. The vast majority of the assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 are made up of those securities for which the values were obtained from brokers where either significant inputs were utilized in determining the value that were difficult to corroborate with observable market data, or sufficient information regarding the specific inputs utilized by the broker were not obtained to support a Level 2 classification.

          At September 30, 2011, the Company did not have any liabilities that were carried at fair value based on Level 3 inputs other than derivative instruments in a liability position.

          Controls over Valuation of Financial Instruments

          The Company performs quarterly reviews of the prices received from its third party valuation sources to assess if the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. This process is completed by investment and accounting personnel who are independent of those responsible for providing the valuations. These reviews include, but are not limited to, valuation comparisons between external sources and the completion of recurring reviews of third party pricing services methodologies. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon available market data, the price received from one third party may be substituted for another or, in limited circumstances, management may determine that an adjustment is required to a third party value. In addition, similar valuation controls are followed by external parties responsible for sourcing appropriate valuations from third parties on the Company’s behalf, which provides additional support regarding the reasonableness of the fair values recorded in the Company’s financial statements.

          Unpaid Losses and Loss Expenses

          The Company establishes reserves to provide for estimated claims, the general expenses of administering the claims adjustment process and losses incurred but not reported. These reserves are calculated using actuarial and other reserving techniques to project the estimated ultimate net liability for losses and loss expenses. The Company’s reserving practices and the establishment of any particular reserve reflects management’s judgment concerning sound financial practice and do not represent any admission of liability with respect to any claims made against the Company.

          Unpaid losses and loss expenses totaled $20.7 billion at September 30, 2011, and $20.5 billion at December 31, 2010. The table below represents a reconciliation of the Company’s P&C unpaid losses and loss expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)
Gross unpaid
losses and loss
expenses

 

(Unaudited)
Unpaid
losses and
loss expenses
recoverable

 

(Unaudited)
Net unpaid
losses
and loss
expenses

 

 

 


 


 


 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

20,531,607

 

$

(3,649,290

)

$

16,882,317

 

Losses and loss expenses incurred

 

 

3,829,450

 

 

(808,942

)

 

3,020,508

 

Losses and loss expenses paid/recovered

 

 

(3,620,153

)

 

748,252

 

 

(2,871,901

)

Foreign exchange and other

 

 

(21,916

)

 

25,607

 

 

3,691

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance at September 30, 2011

 

$

20,718,988

 

$

(3,684,373

)

$

17,034,615

 

 

 



 



 



 

          While the Company reviews the adequacy of established reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses regularly, no assurance can be given that actual claims made and payments related thereto will not be in excess of the amounts reserved. In the future, if such reserves develop adversely, such deficiency would have a negative impact on future results of operations. See “Unpaid Losses and Loss Expenses” in Item 1, “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates,” in Item 7 and Item 8, Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, each included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for further discussion.

          Unpaid Losses and Loss Expenses Recoverable and Reinsurance Balances Receivable

          As a significant portion of the Company’s net premiums written incept in the first nine months of the year, certain assets and liabilities are higher at September 30, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010. This includes deferred acquisition costs, unearned premiums, premiums receivable and prepaid reinsurance premiums.

73


          In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to reduce the potential amount of loss arising from claims events by reinsuring certain levels of risk assumed in various areas of exposure with other insurers or reinsurers. While reinsurance agreements are designed to limit the Company’s losses from large exposures and permit recovery of a portion of direct unpaid losses, reinsurance does not relieve the Company of its ultimate liability to its insureds. Accordingly, the loss and loss expense reserves on the balance sheet represent the Company’s total unpaid gross losses. Unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable relate to estimated reinsurance recoveries on the unpaid loss and loss expense reserves.

          Unpaid losses and loss expense recoverables were $3.7 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, reinsurance balances receivable were $0.2 billion. The table below presents the Company’s net paid and unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable and reinsurance balances receivable at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)
September 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Reinsurance balances receivable

 

$

231,080

 

$

225,129

 

Reinsurance recoverable on future policy benefits

 

 

21,520

 

 

22,597

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and loss expenses

 

 

3,742,728

 

 

3,717,405

 

Bad debt reserve on unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable and reinsurance balances receivable

 

 

(108,172

)

 

(121,917

)

 

 



 



 

Net paid and unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable and reinsurance balances receivable

 

$

3,887,156

 

$

3,843,214

 

 

 



 



 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Liquidity is a measure of the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the short and long-term cash requirements of the Company’s business operations. As a global insurance and reinsurance company, one of the Company’s principal responsibilities to its clients is to ensure that the Company has ready access to funds with which to settle large unforeseen claims. The Company would generally expect that positive cash flow from operations (underwriting activities and investment income) will be sufficient to cover cash outflows under most future loss scenarios. However, there is a possibility that unforeseen demands could be placed on the Company due to extraordinary events and, as such, the Company’s liquidity needs may change. Such events include, among other things, several significant catastrophes occurring in a relatively short period of time resulting in material incurred losses; rating agency downgrades of the Company’s core insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries that would require posting of collateral in connection with the Company’s letter of credit and revolving credit facilities, return of unearned premium and/or the settlement of derivative transactions and large scale uncollectible reinsurance recoverables on paid losses (as a result of coverage disputes, reinsurers’ credit problems or decreases in the value of collateral supporting reinsurance recoverables), etc. Any one or a combination of such events may cause a liquidity strain for the Company. In addition, a liquidity strain could also occur in an illiquid market, such as that which was experienced in 2008. Investments that may be used to meet liquidity needs in the event of a liquidity strain may not be liquid, given inactive markets, or may have to be sold at a significant loss as a result of depressed prices. Because each subsidiary focuses on a more limited number of specific product lines than are collectively provided by the consolidated group of companies, the mix of business tends to be less diverse at the subsidiary level. As a result, the probability of a liquidity strain, as described above, may be greater for individual subsidiaries than when liquidity is assessed on a consolidated basis. If such a liquidity strain were to occur in a subsidiary, XL-Ireland may be required to contribute capital to the particular subsidiary and/or curtail dividends from the subsidiary to support holding company operations, which may be difficult given that XL-Ireland is a holding company and has limited liquidity.

          A downgrade below “A–” of the Company’s principal insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries by either S&P or A.M. Best, which is two notches below the current S&P financial strength rating of “A” (Stable) and the A.M. Best financial strength rating of “A” (Stable) of these subsidiaries, may trigger cancellation provisions in a significant amount of the Company’s assumed reinsurance agreements and may potentially require the Company to return unearned premiums to cedants. In addition, due to collateral posting requirements under the Company’s letter of credit and revolving credit facilities, such a downgrade may require the posting of cash collateral in support of certain “in use” portions of these facilities. Specifically, a downgrade below “A–” by A.M. Best would trigger such collateral posting requirements for the Company’s largest credit facility. With respect to the Company’s secured letter of credit facility, such a downgrade may result in the sale of all or a portion of the collateral securitizing the credit facility. In addition, in certain limited instances, such downgrades may require the Company to return cash or assets to counterparties or to settle derivative and/or other transactions with the respective counterparties.

74


          Holding Company Liquidity

          As a holding company, XL-Ireland has no operations of its own and its assets consist primarily of its investments in its subsidiaries. Accordingly, XL-Ireland’s future cash flows largely depend on the availability of dividends or other statutorily permissible payments from its subsidiaries. The ability to pay such dividends is limited by the applicable laws and regulations of the various countries and states in which XL-Ireland’s subsidiaries operate, including, among others, Bermuda, the U.S., New York, Ireland, Switzerland and the U.K. See the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, Item 8, Note 25, “Statutory Financial Data,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion and details regarding the dividend capacity of the Company’s major operating subsidiaries. See also Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, “Risk Factors – Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints affect our ability to pay dividends, make payments on our debt securities and make other payments.” The ability to pay such dividends is also limited by the regulations of the Society of Lloyd’s and certain contractual provisions. No assurance can be given that the Company’s subsidiaries will pay dividends in the future to XL-Ireland.

          Under Irish law, the Company must have sufficient “profits available for distribution” in order to make distributions of cash or assets and redeem and buyback shares. At September 30, 2011, XL-Ireland had approximately $4.3 billion in distributable reserves.

          At September 30, 2011, XL-Ireland and XL-Cayman held cash and investments, net of liabilities associated with cash sweeping arrangements, of $5.6 million and $1.8 billion, respectively, compared to $2.8 million and $1.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

          The Company’s principal uses of liquidity are for dividend payments to holders of its ordinary shares and preferred shares, interest and principal payments on debt, capital investments in its subsidiaries and corporate operating expenses.

          All outstanding debt of the Company at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was issued by XL-Cayman except for the $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 which were issued by XLCFE. Both XL-Cayman and XLCFE are wholly-owned subsidiaries of XL-Ireland. The XLCFE notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by XL-Switzerland. The Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries to satisfy any of its obligations under this guarantee is subject to certain contractual restrictions, applicable laws and statutory requirements of the various countries in which the Company operates, including, among others, Bermuda, the United States, Ireland, Switzerland and the U.K. Required statutory capital and surplus for the principal operating subsidiaries of the Company was $6.2 billion at December 31, 2010.

          XL-Ireland and its subsidiaries provide no guarantees or other commitments (express or implied) of financial support to the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, except for such guarantees or commitments that are in writing.

          See also the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in Item 1, Financial Statements, above.

          Sources of Liquidity for the Company

          At September 30, 2011, the consolidated Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $3.2 billion as compared to approximately $3.0 billion at December 31, 2010. There are three main sources of cash flows for the Company – those provided by operations, investing activities and financing activities.

          Operating Cash Flows

          Historically, cash receipts from operations, consisting of premiums and investment income, generally have provided sufficient funds to pay losses as well as operating expenses of the Company’s subsidiaries and to fund dividends to XL-Ireland. However, as a result of the combination of current soft market conditions, the decision to put the Life segment and certain P&C lines into run-off and lower investment yields, operating cash flows are lower in 2011 than in the prior year. Cash receipts from operations is generally derived from the receipt of investment income on the Company’s investment portfolio as well as the net receipt of premiums less claims and expenses related to the Company’s underwriting activities in its P&C operations as well as its Life operations segment. The Company’s operating subsidiaries provide liquidity in that premiums are generally received months or even years before losses are paid under the policies related to such premiums. Premiums and acquisition expenses are settled based on terms of trade as stipulated by an underwriting contract, and generally are received within the first year of inception of a policy when the premium is written, but can be up to three years on certain reinsurance business assumed. Operating expenses are generally paid within a year of being incurred. Claims, especially for casualty business, may take a much longer time before they are reported and ultimately settled, requiring the establishment of reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses. Therefore, the amount of claims paid in any one year is not necessarily related to the amount of net losses incurred, as reported in the consolidated statement of income.

          During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, net cash flows provided by operating activities were $365.5 million compared to net cash flows provided by operating activities of $829.3 million for the same period in 2010. This reduction was primarily due to P&C net loss and loss expenses paid of $2.9 billion in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared with

75


$2.5 billion for the same period in 2010. This increase was due primarily to higher loss payments in the insurance segment in 2011 relating to the prior and current year catastrophes and other individual large property and excess casualty loss payments.

          Investing Cash Flows

          Generally, positive cash flow from operations and financing activities is invested in the Company’s investment portfolio, and in affiliates or the acquisition of subsidiaries.

          Net cash provided by investing activities was $268.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to net cash provided of $623.7 million for the same period in 2010. The 2011 cash inflow was mainly associated with the normal purchase and sale of portfolio investments.

          Financing Cash Flows

          Cash flows related to financing activities include ordinary and preferred share related transactions, the payment of dividends, the issue or repayment of preferred ordinary shares and deposit liability transactions.

          On November 2, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a share buyback program, authorizing the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of its ordinary shares. During 2010, the Company purchased and canceled 6.9 million ordinary shares under this program for $144.0 million. During the first half of 2011, the Company purchased and canceled 11.6 million ordinary shares under this program for $257.9 million. During the third quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and canceled 15.1 million ordinary shares under this program for $307.7 million. All share buybacks were carried out by way of redemption in accordance with Irish law and the Company’s constitutional documents. All shares so redeemed were canceled upon redemption. At September 30, 2011, $290.4 million remained available to be used for purchases under this program and no further buybacks have been made in the subsequent period to November 3, 2011.

          On September 30, 2011, XL-Cayman completed the sale of $400 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 at the issue price of 100% of the principal amount. The 5.75% Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by XL-Ireland. The 5.75% Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.75% per annum, payable semiannually, beginning on April 1, 2012, and mature on October 1, 2021. XL-Cayman may redeem the 5.75% Senior Notes, in whole or part, from time to time in accordance with the terms of the indenture pursuant to which the 5.75% Senior Notes were issued. XL-Cayman received net proceeds of approximately $396.4 million from the offering, which will be used to partially repay the $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 which were issued by XLCFE.

          During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, net cash flows used in financing activities were $500.0 million compared to net cash outflows of $1.1 billion for the same period in 2010. The 2011 net cash outflows related primarily to the buybacks of the Company’s ordinary shares, as outlined above, the repurchase of all outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares, the payment of common and preferred dividends and the repayment of deposit liabilities partially offset by the proceeds of issuance of the 5.75 Senior Notes, as outlined above. The 2010 net cash outflows related primarily to the settlement of $450 million of outstanding funding agreement liabilities, the repurchase of a portion of the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares, buybacks of the Company’s ordinary shares as outlined above, repayment of other deposit liabilities and the payment of ordinary and preferred dividends. For more information on the buybacks of the Company’s shares, please see Item 1, Note 8 to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, “Share Capital.”

          In addition, the Company maintains letter of credit facilities which provide liquidity. Details of these facilities are described below in “Capital Resources.”

76


          Capital Resources

          At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had total shareholders’ equity of $10.9 billion and $10.6 billion, respectively. In addition to ordinary share capital, the Company depends on external sources of financing to support its underwriting activities in the form of:

 

 

 

 

a.

debt;

 

 

 

 

b.

preference shares;

 

 

 

 

c.

contingent capital; and

 

 

 

 

d.

letter of credit facilities and other sources of collateral.

 

 

 

 

In particular, the Company requires, among other things:

 

 

 

sufficient capital to maintain its financial strength and credit ratings, as issued by several ratings agencies, at levels considered necessary by management to enable the Company’s key operating subsidiaries to compete;

 

 

 

 

sufficient capital to enable its regulated subsidiaries to meet the regulatory capital levels required in the U.S., the U.K., Bermuda, Ireland, Switzerland and other key markets;

 

 

 

 

letters of credit and other forms of collateral that are required to be posted or deposited, as the case may be, by the Company’s operating subsidiaries that are “non-admitted” under U.S. state insurance regulations in order for the U.S. cedant to receive statutory credit for reinsurance. The Company also uses letters of credit to support its operations at Lloyd’s; and

 

 

 

 

revolving credit to meet short-term liquidity needs.

 

 

 

 

The following risks are associated with the Company’s requirement to renew its credit facilities:

 

 

 

the credit available from banks may be reduced, resulting in the Company’s need to pledge its investment portfolio to customers, in lieu of providing letters of credit. This could result in a lower investment yield;

 

 

 

 

the Company may be downgraded by one or more rating agencies, which could materially and negatively impact the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and/or liquidity; and;

 

 

 

 

the volume of business that the Company’s subsidiaries that are not admitted in the U.S. are able to transact could be reduced if the Company is unable to renew its letter of credit facilities at appropriate amounts.

          Continued consolidation within the banking industry may result in the aggregate amount of credit provided to the Company being reduced. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk by identifying and/or selecting additional banks that can participate in the credit facilities upon renewal.

          The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s current capital resources at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)
September 30,
2011

 


December 31,
2010

 

 

 



 



 

Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

$

 

$

71,900

 

Series E preference ordinary shares

 

 

999,500

 

 

1,000,000

 

Ordinary share capital

 

 

9,942,486

 

 

9,613,049

 

 

 



 



 

Total ordinary and non-controlling interests capital

 

$

10,941,986

 

$

10,684,949

 

Notes payable and debt

 

 

2,268,884

 

 

2,446,735

 

 

 



 



 

Total capital

 

$

13,210,870

 

$

13,131,684

 

 

 



 



 

77


          Ordinary Share Capital

          The following table reconciles the opening and closing ordinary share equity positions for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)
September 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Ordinary share equity – beginning of period

 

$

9,613,049

 

$

8,432,417

 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

40,777

 

 

603,550

 

Share buybacks

 

 

(566,940

)

 

(521,920

)

Share issues

 

 

573,767

 

 

1,109

 

Common share dividends

 

 

(104,020

)

 

(134,238

)

Preferred share dividends

 

 

 

 

(34,694

)

Gain on redemption of Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

16,616

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

355,408

 

 

1,243,262

 

Impact of adoption of new authoritative embedded derivative guidance, net of tax

 

 

 

 

(31,917

)

Share based compensation and other

 

 

30,445

 

 

38,864

 

 

 



 



 

Ordinary share equity – end of period

 

$

9,942,486

 

$

9,613,049

 

 

 



 



 

          Debt

          The following table presents the Company’s debt under outstanding securities and lenders’ commitments at September 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Notes Payable and Debt
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Commitment/
Debt

 

In Use/
Outstanding

 

Year of
Expiry

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1 to 3
Years

 

3 to 5
Years

 

After 5
Years

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

5-year revolver

 

$

750,000

 

$

 

 

2012

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

6.50% Guaranteed Senior Notes

 

 

600,000

 

 

599,906

 

 

2012

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.25% Senior Notes

 

 

600,000

 

 

598,073

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

 

 

5.75% Senior Notes

 

 

400,000

 

 

396,400

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

400,000

 

6.375% Senior Notes

 

 

350,000

 

 

350,000

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350,000

 

6.25% Senior Notes

 

 

325,000

 

 

324,505

 

 

2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

325,000

 

 

 



 



 


 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

$

3,025,000

 

$

2,268,884

 

 

 

 

$

600,000

 

$

600,000

 

$

 

$

1,075,000

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to carrying value – impact of fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

12,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

 

 

$

2,281,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          “In Use/Outstanding” data represent September 30, 2011 accreted values. “Payments Due by Period” data represent ultimate redemption values.

          In addition, see Item 1, Note 15, “Notes Payable and Debt and Financing Arrangements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for further information.

          At September 30, 2011, banks and investors provided the Company and its subsidiaries with $3.0 billion of debt capacity, of which $2.3 billion was utilized by the Company. These facilities consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

a revolving credit facility of $750 million.

 

 

 

 

senior unsecured notes of approximately $2.3 billion. These notes require the Company to pay a fixed rate of interest during their terms. At September 30, 2011, there were five outstanding issues of senior unsecured notes:

 

 

 

 

 

$600 million senior notes due January 2012, with a fixed coupon of 6.5%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued at 99.469% and gross proceeds were $596.8 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $7.9 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

$600 million senior notes due September 2014, with a fixed coupon of 5.25%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued in two tranches of $300 million aggregate principal amount each – one tranche at 99.432% and the other at 98.419%. Aggregate gross proceeds were $593.6 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $4 million.

78



 

 

 

 

 

 

$400 million senior notes due October 2021, with a fixed coupon of 5.75%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued at 100.0% and gross proceeds were $396.4 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $3.6 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

$350 million senior notes due November 2024, with a fixed coupon of 6.375%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued at 100.0% and gross proceeds were $350 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $2 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

$325 million of senior notes due May 2027, with a fixed coupon of 6.25%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued at 99.805% and gross proceeds were $324.4 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $2.5 million.

          Preferred Shares and Non-controlling Interest in Equity of Consolidated Subsidiaries

          Neither the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares nor the Series E preference ordinary shares were transferred from XL-Cayman to XL-Ireland in the Redomestication. Accordingly, subsequent to July 1, 2010, these instruments represent non-controlling interests in the consolidated financial statements of the Company and have been reclassified to non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries. See Note 1, “Basis of Preparation and Consolidation” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. During the third quarter of 2011, all Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares were purchased and canceled. See “Key Focuses of Management – Capital Management” herein. At September 30, 2011, the face value of the outstanding Series E preference ordinary shares was $999.5 million.

          In August 2011, in accordance with the terms of the 10.75% Units, XL-Cayman purchased and retired all of the 8.25% Senior Notes for $575 million in a remarketing. These notes comprised a part of the 10.75% Units. The proceeds from the remarketing were used to satisfy the purchase price for XL-Ireland’s ordinary shares issued to holders of the 10.75% Units pursuant to the forward purchase contracts comprising a part of the 10.75% Units. Each forward purchase contract provided for the issuance of 1.3242 ordinary shares of XL-Ireland at a price of $25 per share. The settlement of the forward purchase contracts resulted in XL-Ireland’s issuance of an aggregate of 30,456,600 ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $575 million. As a result of the settlement of the forward purchase contracts, the 10.75% Units ceased to exist and are no longer traded on the NYSE.

          On October 15, 2011, XL-Cayman issued $350,000,000 of its Series D Preferred Shares for consideration of cash and liquid investments which were held in a trust account that was part of the Stoneheath facility. Holders of the Stoneheath Securities will receive one Series D Preferred Share in exchange for each Stoneheath Security. This distribution will occur on November 16, 2011. See “Contingent Capital” below.

          In August 2011, XL-Cayman completed a cash tender offer for its outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares that resulted in 2,811,000 Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation value of $25.00 being repurchased and canceled by XL-Cayman for approximately $71.0 million including accrued and unpaid dividends and professional fees. Subsequent to the expiration of the tender offer, and on the same terms as the offer, XL-Cayman repurchased and canceled the remaining outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation value of $25.00 for approximately $0.9 million plus accrued and unpaid dividends. As of September 30, 2011, no Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares were outstanding.

          On February 16, 2011, the Company repurchased 30,000 of the outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $0.75 million for $0.65 million. In addition, the Company repurchased 500 of the outstanding Series E preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $0.50 million for $0.47 million. As a result of these repurchases, the Company recorded a reduction in Non-controlling interests of approximately $0.13 million in the first quarter of 2011.

          On February 12, 2010, the Company repurchased and canceled approximately 4.4 million Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $110.8 million for approximately $94.2 million, which was a portion of its outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares. As a result, a book value gain of approximately $16.6 million to ordinary shareholders was recorded in the first quarter of 2010.

          Contingent Capital

          At September 30, 2011, the Company had one contingent capital transaction where the outstanding put option has not been exercised. No up-front proceeds were received by the Company under this transaction. In the event that the associated irrevocable put option agreement is exercised, proceeds previously raised from investors from the issuance of pass-through trust securities would be received in return for the issuance by XL-Cayman of preferred shares. See below for further details on this transaction.

          On December 5, 2006, the Company and certain operating subsidiaries (“Ceding Insurers”) entered into a securities issuance agreement (the “Securities Issuance Agreement”), and certain of the Company’s foreign insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries (“Ceding Insurers”) entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement (the “Reinsurance Agreement”), with Stoneheath. The net

79


effect of these agreements to the Company is the creation of a contingent put option to issue $350.0 million of preference ordinary shares in the aggregate of XL-Cayman. The agreements provide the Company with a Reinsurance Collateral Account in support of certain covered perils named in the Reinsurance Agreement. The covered perils include United States wind, European wind, California earthquake and terrorism worldwide. After an initial three-month period, the covered perils as well as the attachment points and aggregate retention amounts could be changed by the Ceding Insurers in their sole discretion, which could have resulted in a material increase or decrease in the likelihood of payment under the Reinsurance Agreement. On each date on which a Ceding Insurer withdrew funds from the Reinsurance Collateral Account, the Company would have been required to issue and deliver to Stoneheath an amount of Series D Preferred Shares having an aggregate liquidation preference that is equal to the amount of funds so withdrawn from the Collateral Account. The Company is obligated to reimburse Stoneheath for certain fees and ordinary expenses. The initial term of the Reinsurance Agreement was for the period from the December 5, 2006 through June 30, 2007, with four annual mandatory extensions through June 30, 2011 (unless coverage is exhausted thereunder prior to such date). At the Ceding Insurers’ option, the Reinsurance Agreement was extended to December 31, 2011.

          On October 15, 2011, the Company announced that the Stoneheath facility would be terminated and, as a result, XL-Cayman would issue Series D Preferred Shares. Under the terms of the Securities Issuance Agreement, XL-Cayman is required upon the occurrence of certain conditions to issue and deliver to Stoneheath for distribution to the holders of the Stoneheath Securities, Series D Preferred Shares having an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the remaining assets in the Reinsurance Collateral Account in exchange for a distribution of such assets from the Reinsurance Collateral Account to XL-Cayman. One such condition, the termination of an asset swap agreement covering the assets held under the Reinsurance Collateral Account, occurred in accordance with the terms of the swap agreement because Stoneheath did not seek to extend or replace it prior to its termination date. As a result, Stoneheath was required to redeem the Stoneheath Securities and distribute the Series D Preferred Shares it received from XL-Cayman in exchange for the $350 million in assets from the Reinsurance Collateral Account. Stoneheath Re has issued the required redemption notice, effective October 15, 2011, and November 16, 2011 has been set as the redemption date.

          Letter of Credit Facilities and Other Sources of Collateral

          At September 30, 2011, the Company had six letter of credit facilities in place with total availability of $5.0 billion, of which $2.0 billion was utilized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Commercial
Commitments

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Commitment
Expiration per period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Commitment

 

In Use

 

Year of
Expiry

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1 to 3
Years

 

3 to 5
Years

 

After 5
Years

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

$

250,000

 

 

115,562

 

Continuous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility (1)

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

1,477,827

 

2012

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility (2)

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

 

21

 

 

21

 

Continuous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

 

75

 

 

75

 

Continuous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

 

750,000

 

 

401,757

 

Continuous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Six letter of credit facilities

 

$

5,000,096

 

$

1,995,242

 

 

 

 

$

3,000,000

 

$

1,000,000

 

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

(1)

This letter of credit facility includes $750 million that is also included in the “5-year revolver” listed under Notes Payable and Debt.

 

 

(2)

The Company has the option to increase the size of this facility by an additional $500 million.

          On March 25, 2011, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a secured credit agreement (the “2011 Credit Agreement”) that currently provides for issuance of letters of credit up to $1 billion. Concurrent with the effectiveness of the 2011 Credit Agreement, the commitments of the lenders under the existing five-year credit agreement dated June 21, 2007 were reduced from $4 billion to $3 billion. The commitments under the 2011 Credit Agreement will expire on, and the credit facility is available on a continuous basis until the earlier of (i) March 25, 2014 and (ii) the date of termination in whole of the commitments upon an optional termination or reduction of the commitments by the account parties or upon an event of default.

          In the event that such credit support is insufficient, the Company could be required to provide alternative security to cedants. This could take the form of insurance trusts supported by the Company’s investment portfolio or funds withheld (amounts retained by ceding companies to collateralize loss or premium reserves) using the Company’s cash resources or combinations thereof. The face amount of letters of credit required is driven by, among other things, loss development of existing reserves, the payment pattern of such reserves, the expansion of business written by the Company and the loss experience of such business. In addition to letters of credit, the Company has established insurance trusts in the United States that provide cedants with statutory credit for reinsurance under state insurance regulation in the United States.

80


          The Company reviews current and projected collateral requirements on a regular basis, as well as new sources of collateral. Management’s objective is to maintain an excess amount of collateral sources over expected uses. The Company also reviews its liquidity needs on a regular basis.

          Since August 2009, a director of the Company, Eugene McQuade, has served as the CEO of Citibank, N.A (“Citibank”). Citibank and its affiliates were during 2010 and continue to be lenders and letter of credit issuers under certain of the Company’s credit facilities. As of December 31, 2010, these affiliates had commitments of $1.18 billion, of which $ 1.18 billion were outstanding under the credit agreements, and had issued $0.591 million of outstanding but undrawn letters of credit on behalf of the Company. The Company paid approximately $3.2 million in commitment and letter of credit fees during 2010. In addition, affiliates of Citibank provided the Company with standard cash management and foreign exchange services during 2010, for which the Company paid approximately $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

          The Company believes that all of the transactional services provided to the Company by Citibank and its affiliates described above were entered into on an arms’ length basis. As such, Citibank and its affiliates receive the same type of information regarding the Company as the Company provides to its other lenders and letter of credit issuers in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the facilities, and do not receive any additional information about the Company that is strategic in nature.

          Other

          For information regarding cross-default and certain other provisions in the Company’s debt and convertible securities documents, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Cross-Default and Other Provisions in Debt Instruments,” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2011.

          See Part II, Item 2, “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds,” below.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

          The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“PSLRA”) provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. Any prospectus, prospectus supplement, the Company’s Annual Report to ordinary shareholders, any proxy statement, any other Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K of the Company or any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of the Company may include forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Such statements include forward-looking statements both with respect to the Company in general, and to the insurance and reinsurance sectors in particular (both as to underwriting and investment matters). Statements that include the words “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “project,” “anticipate,” “will,” “may” and similar statements of a future or forward-looking nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the PSLRA or otherwise.

          All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in such statements. The Company believes that these factors include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) changes in the size of the Company’s claims relating to natural or man-made catastrophe losses due to the preliminary nature of some reports and estimates of loss and damage to date; (ii) trends in rates for property and casualty insurance and reinsurance; (iii) the timely and full recoverability of reinsurance placed by the Company with third parties, or other amounts due to the Company; (iv) changes in ratings, rating agency policies or practices; (v) changes in the projected amount of ceded reinsurance recoverables and the ratings and creditworthiness of reinsurers; (vi) the timing of claims payments being faster or the receipt of reinsurance recoverables being slower than anticipated by the Company; (vii) the Company’s ability to successfully implement its business strategy especially during the “soft” market cycle; (viii) increased competition on the basis of pricing, capacity, coverage terms or other factors, which could harm the Company’s ability to maintain or increase its business volumes or profitability; (ix) greater frequency or severity of claims and loss activity than the Company’s underwriting, reserving or investment practices anticipate based on historical experience or industry data; (x) the effects of inflation on the Company’s business, including on pricing and reserving; (xi) developments, including uncertainties related to the depth and duration of the current recession, and future volatility, in the world’s credit, financial and capital markets that adversely affect the performance and valuation of the Company’s investments or access to such markets; (xii) the impact of the downgrade, or a possible future downgrade, of U.S. securities by credit rating agencies, and the resulting effect on the value of securities (i) in our investment portfolio and (ii) posted as collateral by and to us; (xiii) the potential impact on the Company from government-mandated insurance coverage for acts of terrorism; (xiv) the potential for changes to methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that could result in changes to investment valuations; (xv) changes to the Company’s assessment as to whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, or has the intent to sell, available for sale debt securities before their anticipated recovery; (xvi) availability of borrowings and letters of credit under the Company’s credit facilities; (xvii) the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends to XL Group plc; (xviii) the potential effect of regulatory developments in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, including those which could impact the financial markets or increase the Company’s business costs and required capital levels; (xix) changes in regulation or laws applicable to XL Group plc or its subsidiaries, brokers or customers; (xx) acceptance of the Company’s products and services, including new

81


products and services; (xxi) changes in the availability, cost or quality of reinsurance; (xxii) changes in the distribution or placement of risks due to increased consolidation of insurance and reinsurance brokers; (xxiii) loss of key personnel; (xxiv) changes in accounting policies or practices or the application thereof; (xxv) legislative or regulatory developments including, but not limited to, changes in regulatory capital balances that must be maintained by the Company’s operating subsidiaries and governmental actions for the purpose of stabilizing the financial markets; (xxvi) the effects of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures; (xxvii) developments related to bankruptcies of companies insofar as they affect property and casualty insurance and reinsurance coverages or claims that the Company may have as a counterparty; (xxviii) changes in general economic conditions, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign currency exchange rates and other factors; (xxix) changes in applicable tax laws, tax treaties or tax regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof; (xxx) the effects of business disruption or economic contraction due to war, terrorism or other hostilities; and (xxxi) the other factors set forth in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and the Company’s other documents on file with the SEC. The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included herein or elsewhere. The Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by the federal securities laws.

Annualized Return on Ordinary Shareholders’ Equity Calculation

          The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s annualized return on ordinary shareholders’ equity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars and shares in thousands, except percentages)
(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Opening shareholders’ equity

 

$

10,627,731

 

$

10,507,232

 

$

10,613,049

 

$

9,432,417

 

Less: Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

(1,001,781

)

 

(2,228

)

 

(1,002,296

)

 

(2,305

)

Less: Series E preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

(1,000,000

)

 

 

 

(1,000,000

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Opening ordinary shareholders’ equity

 

$

9,625,950

 

$

9,505,004

 

$

9,610,753

 

$

8,430,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Closing shareholders’ equity

 

 

10,941,986

 

 

10,869,610

 

 

10,941,986

 

 

10,869,610

 

Less: Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

(1,001,784

)

 

(1,002,223

)

 

(1,001,784

)

 

(1,002,223

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Closing ordinary shareholders’ equity

 

$

9,940,202

 

$

9,867,387

 

$

9,940,202

 

$

9,867,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity

 

 

9,783,076

 

 

9,686,195

 

 

9,775,477

 

 

9,148,749

 

Net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

42,398

 

 

77,543

 

 

40,777

 

 

397,350

 

Annualized net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

169,592

 

 

310,172

 

 

54,369

 

 

529,800

 

Annualized return on ordinary shareholders’ equity – Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

1.7

%

 

3.2

%

 

0.6

%

 

5.8

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

82



 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 3.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK


 

 

          Except as described below, there have been no material changes in the Company’s market risk exposures or how those exposures are managed since December 31, 2010. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” presented under Item 7A of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          The Company has established risk governance processes by which oversight and decision-making authorities with respect to risks are granted to individuals and strategies within the enterprise. The Company’s governance framework establishes accountabilities for tasks and outcomes as well as escalation criteria. Governance processes are designed to ensure that transactions and activities, individually and in the aggregate, are carried out in accordance with the Company’s risk policies, philosophies, appetites, limits and risk concentrations, and in a manner consistent with expectations of excellence of integrity, accountability and client service.

          Market risk represents the potential for loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments. The Company is principally exposed to the following market risks: interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, equity price risk, credit risk, and other related market risks.

          The majority of the Company’s market risk arises from its investment portfolio, which consists of fixed income securities, alternative investments, public equities, private investments, derivatives, other investments, and cash, denominated in both U.S. and foreign currencies, which are sensitive to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates and other related market risks. The Company’s fixed income and equity securities are generally classified as available for sale, and, as such, changes in interest rates, credit spreads on corporate and structured credit, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates or other related market instruments will have an immediate effect on comprehensive income and shareholders’ equity but will not ordinarily have an immediate effect on net income. Nevertheless, changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices and other related market instruments affect consolidated net income when, and if, a security is sold or impaired.

          On a limited basis, the Company enters into derivatives and other financial instruments primarily for risk management purposes. The Company uses derivatives to hedge foreign exchange and interest rate risk related to its consolidated net exposures. From time to time, the Company also uses investment derivative instruments such as futures, options, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and foreign currency forward contracts to manage the duration of its investment portfolio and foreign currency exposures and also to obtain exposure to a particular financial market. Historically, the Company entered into credit derivatives outside of the investment portfolio in conjunction with the Company’s previous financial lines businesses. The Company attempts to manage the risks associated with derivative use with guidelines established by senior management. Derivative instruments are carried at fair value with the resulting changes in fair value recognized in income in the period in which they occur. For further information, see Item 1, Note 7, “Derivative Instruments,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

          This risk management discussion and the estimated amounts generated from the sensitivity and value at risk (“VaR”) analyses for the investment portfolio presented in this document are forward-looking statements of market risk assuming certain adverse market conditions occur. Actual results in the future may differ materially from these estimated results due to, among other things, actual developments in the global financial markets and changes in the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio. The results of analysis used by the Company to assess and mitigate risk should not be considered projections of future events of losses. See generally “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” in Item 2.

Interest Rate Risk

          The Company’s fixed income portfolio is exposed to interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates. The Company generally manages interest rate risk within the context of its overall asset liability management strategy by setting duration targets for its investment portfolio in line with the estimated duration of its liabilities, thus mitigating the overall economic effect of interest rate risk and within the constraints of the Company’s risk appetite. Nevertheless, the Company remains exposed to interest rate risk with respect to the Company’s overall net asset position and more generally from an accounting standpoint since the assets are marked to market, thus subject to market conditions, while liabilities are accrued at a static rate.

          In addition, while the Company’s debt is not carried at fair value and not adjusted for market changes, changes in market interest rates could have an impact on debt values at the time of refinancing.

83


Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

          Many of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries maintain both assets and liabilities in local currencies; therefore, foreign exchange risk is generally limited to net assets denominated in foreign currencies.

          Foreign currency exchange rate gains and losses in the Company’s Statement of Income arise for accounting purposes when net assets or liabilities are denominated in foreign currencies that differ from the functional currency of those subsidiaries. While unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses on underwriting balances are reported in earnings, the offsetting unrealized gains and losses on invested assets are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, to the extent that the asset currency does not match that entity’s functional currency. This results in an accounting mismatch that will result in foreign exchange gains or losses in the consolidated statements of income depending on the movement in certain currencies. In order to improve administrative efficiencies as well as to address this accounting imbalance, the Company formed several branches with Euro and U.K. sterling functional currencies. Management continues to focus on attempting to limit this type of exposure in the future.

          Foreign currency exchange rate risk in general is reviewed as part of the Company’s risk management process. Within its asset liability framework for the investment portfolio, the Company pursues a general policy of holding the assets and liabilities in the same currency and, as such, the Company is typically not exposed to the risks associated with foreign exchange movements within its investment portfolio as currency impacts on the assets are generally matched by corresponding impacts on the related liabilities. Foreign exchange contracts within the investment portfolio are utilized to manage individual portfolio foreign exchange exposures, subject to investment management service providers’ guidelines established by management. These contracts are generally not designated as specific hedges for financial reporting purposes and, therefore, realized and unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are recorded in income in the period in which they occur. These contracts generally have maturities of three months or less. The Company also attempts to manage the foreign exchange volatility arising on certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. These include, but are not limited to, premiums receivable, reinsurance contracts, claims payable and investments in subsidiaries.

          The principal currencies creating foreign exchange risk for the Company are the U.K. sterling, the Euro, the Swiss franc and the Canadian dollar. The following tables provide more information on the Company’s exposure to foreign exchange rate risk at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2011
(Foreign Currency in millions)

 

 

Euro

 

 

U.K. Sterling

 

 

Swiss Franc

 

 

Canadian
Dollar

 















Net exposure to key foreign currencies

 

 

 

86.1

 

 

 

 

(6.0

)

 

 

 

166.8

 

 

 

 

236.0

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010
(Foreign Currency in millions)

 

 

Euro

 

 

U.K. Sterling

 

 

Swiss Franc

 

 

Canadian
Dollar

 















Net exposure to key foreign currencies

 

 

 

90.3

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

268.4

 

 

 

 

247.8

 

 























Credit Risk

          The Company is exposed to direct credit risk within its investment portfolio as well as through general counterparties, including customers and reinsurers. Credit risk relates to the uncertainty of an obligor’s continued ability to make timely payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument or contract. The Company manages credit risk through established investment credit policies that address the quality of obligors and counterparties, industry limits, and diversification requirements. The Company’s exposure to market credit spreads primarily relates to market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in credit spreads.

          Certain of the Company’s underwriting activities expose it to indirect credit risk in that profitability of certain strategies can correlate with credit events at the issuer level, industry level or country level. The Company manages these risks through established underwriting policies that operate in accordance with established limit and escalation frameworks.

84


Credit Risk – Investment Portfolio

          Credit risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the creditworthiness of individual investment holdings, issuers, groups of issuers, industries and countries. A widening of credit spreads will increase the net unrealized loss position, will increase losses associated with credit based non-qualifying derivatives where the Company assumes credit exposure, and, if issuer credit spreads increase significantly or for an extended period of time, would likely result in higher other-than-temporary impairments. All else held equal, credit spread tightening will reduce net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturities. In addition, market volatility can make it difficult to value certain of the Company’s securities if trading becomes less frequent. As such, valuations may include assumptions or estimates that may have significant period to period changes that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

          The table below shows the Company’s aggregate fixed income portfolio by credit rating in percentage terms of the Company’s aggregate fixed income exposure (including fixed maturities, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents and payable for investments purchased) at September 30, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of
Aggregate Fixed
Income Portfolio

 

 

 


 

AAA

 

 

52.4

%

AA

 

 

16.7

%

A

 

 

21.3

%

BBB

 

 

6.9

%

BB & below

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

 


 

Total (1)

 

 

100.0

%


 

 


(1)

Included in the above are $429.2 million or 1.3% of the portfolio that represents medium term notes rated at the average credit rating of the underlying asset pools backing the notes.

 

(2)

The credit rating for each asset reflected above was principally determined based on the weighted average rating of the individual securities from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings. For U.S. Treasuries, Agencies and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Guaranteed securities, the average rating remains AAA as only one of the three major rating agencies downgraded the U.S. from AAA to AA+ during the quarter.

          At September 30, 2011, the average credit quality of the Company’s aggregate fixed income investment portfolio was “AA,” excluding operating cash.

          The Company is closely monitoring its corporate financial bond holdings given the events of the past four years. The table below summarizes the Company’s significant exposures (defined as bonds issued by financial institutions with an amortized cost in excess of $50.0 million) to corporate bonds of financial issuers held within its available for sale and HTM investment portfolio at September 30, 2011, representing both amortized cost and net unrealized gains (losses):

85



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer (by Global Ultimate Parent)

 

Amortized Cost
September 30, 2011
(1)

 

Unrealized Gain/
(Loss)
September 30, 2011

 


 


 


 

Rabobank Nederland NV

 

$

186.1

 

$

(0.2

)

Lloyds Banking Group plc

 

 

150.2

 

 

1.4

 

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

 

 

144.0

 

 

(7.0

)

HSBC Holdings plc

 

 

132.4

 

 

(8.4

)

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

 

 

126.9

 

 

(5.3

)

Bank of America Corporation

 

 

117.3

 

 

(13.3

)

National Australia Bank Limited

 

 

116.2

 

 

(4.7

)

Morgan Stanley

 

 

111.1

 

 

(2.9

)

The Bank Of Nova Scotia

 

 

104.5

 

 

3.1

 

Citigroup Inc.

 

 

103.7

 

 

(5.8

)

H M Government Cabinet Office (RBS Group plc)

 

 

101.5

 

 

4.0

 

Barclays plc

 

 

98.7

 

 

(29.7

)

Wells Fargo & Company

 

 

94.2

 

 

1.4

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

 

91.9

 

 

(0.4

)

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

85.3

 

 

1.6

 

Credit Suisse Group AG

 

 

83.3

 

 

(1.7

)

Canadian Imperial Bank Of Commerce

 

 

80.8

 

 

2.3

 

BNP Paribas

 

 

76.3

 

 

(7.1

)

UBS AG

 

 

74.2

 

 

(2.2

)

Standard Chartered plc

 

 

73.5

 

 

(3.5

)

The Bank Of New York Mellon Corporation

 

 

69.0

 

 

1.6

 

Nationwide Building Society

 

 

68.4

 

 

(8.0

)

Nordea Bank AB

 

 

67.7

 

 

(1.9

)

Aviva plc

 

 

66.4

 

 

(19.3

)

BPCE

 

 

65.0

 

 

(3.8

)

U.S. Bancorp

 

 

64.3

 

 

1.0

 

Commonwealth Bank Of Australia

 

 

58.9

 

 

(1.2

)

Bank of Montreal

 

 

58.5

 

 

2.5

 

Legal & General Group plc

 

 

56.0

 

 

(9.4

)

Svenska Handelsbanken AB

 

 

53.5

 

 

(2.3

)

MetLife, Inc.

 

 

51.6

 

 

2.6

 

H M Government Cabinet Office (Northern Rock Plc)

 

 

51.1

 

 

0.4

 


 

 


(1)

Government-guaranteed paper has been excluded from the above figures. Included within all financial bond exposures are covered bonds with a fair value of $389.1 million and amortized cost of $377.5 million.

          Within the Company’s corporate financial bond holdings, the Company is further monitoring its exposures to hybrid securities, representing Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities of various financial institutions. The following table summarizes the top ten exposures to hybrid securities, listed by amortized cost and including unrealized (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer (by Global Ultimate Parent)

 

Tier One
Amortized Cost
September 30, 2011

 

Upper Tier Two
Amortized Cost
September 30, 2011

 

Total
Amortized Cost
September 30, 2011

 

Net Unrealized
(Loss)
September 30, 2011

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Barclays, Plc

 

$

33.4

 

$

51.2

 

$

84.6

 

$

(24.0

)

Danske Bank A/S

 

 

26.4

 

 

19.8

 

 

46.2

 

 

(10.0

)

Aviva PLC

 

 

5.7

 

 

40.0

 

 

45.7

 

 

(15.6

)

Zurich Financial Services AG

 

 

 

 

25.8

 

 

25.8

 

 

(6.2

)

Nationwide Building Society

 

 

25.0

 

 

 

 

25.0

 

 

(8.7

)

Legal & General Group PLC

 

 

 

 

24.8

 

 

24.8

 

 

(7.2

)

Standard Life PLC

 

 

 

 

21.5

 

 

21.5

 

 

(6.0

)

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

 

 

20.9

 

 

 

 

20.9

 

 

(1.8

)

RSA Insurance Group PLC

 

 

 

 

20.8

 

 

20.8

 

 

(3.8

)

The British United Provident Association Limited

 

 

 

 

20.3

 

 

20.3

 

 

(6.1

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

111.4

 

$

224.2

 

$

335.6

 

$

(89.4

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

86


          At September 30, 2011, the top 10 corporate bond holdings listed below represent the direct exposure to the corporations listed below, including their subsidiaries, and excludes any securitized, credit enhanced and collateralized asset or mortgage-backed securities, cash and cash equivalents, pooled notes and any OTC derivative counterparty exposure, if applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

Top 10 Corporate Holdings (1)

 

Percentage of Aggregate
Fixed Income Portfolio (2)

 


 


 

Pfizer Inc.

 

 

0.6

%

Wal-Mart Stores Inc.

 

 

0.6

%

General Electric Company

 

 

0.5

%

AT&T Inc.

 

 

0.5

%

The Proctor & Gamble Company

 

 

0.5

%

GlaxoSmithKline PLC

 

 

0.4

%

BP P.L.C.

 

 

0.4

%

PepsiCo, Inc.

 

 

0.4

%

Novartis AG

 

 

0.4

%

Verizon Communications, Inc.

 

 

0.4

%


 

 


(1)

Corporate issuers exclude government-backed, government-sponsored enterprises and cash and cash equivalents.

 

(2)

Government-guaranteed paper has been excluded from the above figures.

          At September 30, 2011, the top 5 corporate bond sector exposures listed below represented 28.1% of the aggregate fixed income investment portfolio and 76.8% of all corporate holdings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Top 5 Sector Exposures

 

Fair Value

 

Percentage of
Aggregate
Fixed Income
Portfolio

 


 


 


 

Financials (1)

 

$

3,938.2

 

 

11.7

%

Consumer, Non-Cyclical

 

 

2,260.8

 

 

6.7

%

Utilities

 

 

1,401.2

 

 

4.2

%

Communications

 

 

955.0

 

 

2.8

%

Energy

 

 

914.1

 

 

2.7

%

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

9,469.3

 

 

28.1

%

 

 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Government-guaranteed paper has been excluded from the above figures.

          Within the Company’s fixed income portfolios, the Company is further monitoring its exposures to holdings representing risk in certain Eurozone countries (Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece and Spain). In particular, the Company has government holdings of $27.7 million, corporate holdings of $266.9 million (financials $55.6 million, non-financials $211.3 million) and structured credit holdings totaling $3.5 million in Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece and Spain. The non-financial corporate holdings primarily consist of multinationals with low reliance on local economics and systemically important industries such as utilities and telecoms.

          The Company also has exposure to market movement related to credit risk associated with its mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The table below shows the breakdown of the $9.4 billion structured credit portfolio, of which 78.5% is AAA rated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

Fair Value

 

Percentage of
Structured Portfolio

 

 

 


 


 

CMBS

 

$

1,016.9

 

 

10.8

%

Non-Agency RMBS

 

 

764.9

 

 

8.1

%

Core CDO (non-ABS CDOs and CLOs)

 

 

671.9

 

 

7.2

%

Other ABS

 

 

1,346.3

 

 

14.3

%

Agency RMBS

 

 

5,600.5

 

 

59.6

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

9,400.5

 

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 

Credit Risk – Other

          Credit derivatives are purchased within the Company’s investment portfolio, have been sold through a limited number of contracts written as part of the Company’s previous financial lines businesses, and were previously entered into through the

87


Company’s prior reinsurance agreements with Syncora, as described below. From time to time, the Company may purchase credit default swaps to hedge an existing position or concentration of holdings. The credit derivatives are recorded at fair value. For further details with respect to the Company’s exposure to credit derivatives see Item 1, Note 7, “Derivative Instruments,” to the Company’s Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements herein.

          The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, alternatives and other investment funds and other institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of default of the Company’s counterparty. In addition, with respect to secured transactions, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be sold or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure that is due. The Company also has exposure to financial institutions in the form of unsecured debt instruments, derivative transactions, revolving credit facility and letter of credit commitments and equity investments. There can be no assurance that any such losses or impairments to the carrying value of these assets would not materially and adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations.

          With regards to unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable and reinsurance balances receivable, the Company has credit risk should any of its reinsurers be unable or unwilling to settle amounts due to the Company; however, these exposures are not marked to market. For further information relating to reinsurer credit risk, see Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Unpaid Losses and Loss Expenses Recoverable and Reinsurance Balances Receivable.”

          The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by the other parties to its derivative instruments in general; however, the Company does not anticipate non-performance. The difference between the notional principal amounts and the associated market value is the Company’s maximum credit exposure.

Equity Price Risk

          The Company’s equity investment portfolio as well as other investments, primarily representing certain derivatives and certain affiliate investments, are exposed to mark to market movements associated with equity price risk. Equity price risk is the potential loss arising from changes in the market value of equities. At September 30, 2011, the Company’s equity portfolio was approximately $318.1 million as compared to $84.8 million at December 31, 2010. This excludes fixed income fund investments that generally do not have the risk characteristics of equity investments. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company’s direct allocation to equity securities was 0.9% and 0.3%, respectively, of the total investment portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income and net receivable/(payable) for investments sold/(purchased)). The Company also estimates the equity risk embedded in certain alternative and private investments. Such estimates are derived from market exposures provided to the Company by certain individual fund investments and/or internal statistical analyses.

Other Market Risks

          The Company’s private investment portfolio is invested in limited partnerships and other entities that are not publicly traded. In addition to normal market risks, these positions may also be exposed to liquidity risk, risks related to distressed investments and risks specific to startup or small companies. At September 30, 2011, the Company’s exposure to private investments was $301.1 million, as compared to $331.7 million at December 31, 2010.

          The Company’s alternative investment portfolio, which is exposed to equity and credit risk as well as certain other market risks, had a total exposure of approximately $1.0 billion making up approximately 3.0% of the total investment portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income and payable for investments purchased) at September 30, 2011, as compared to December 31, 2010, where the Company had a total exposure of $933.5 million representing approximately 2.8% of the total investment portfolio.

          At September 30, 2011, bond and stock index futures outstanding had a net long position of $6.3 million as compared to a net long position of $14.1 million at December 31, 2010. The Company may reduce its exposure to these futures through offsetting transactions, including options and forwards.

          As noted above, the Company also invests in certain derivative positions which can be impacted by market value movements. For further details on derivative instruments see Item 1, Note 7, “Derivative Instruments,” to the Company’s Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements herein.

Sensitivity and Value-at-Risk Analysis

          The table below summarizes the Company’s assessment of the estimated impact on the value of the Company’s investment portfolio at September 30, 2011 associated with an immediate and hypothetical: +100bps increase in interest rates, a -10% decline in equity markets, a +100bps widening in spreads and a +10% widening in spreads. The table also reports the 95%, 1-year VaRs for the Company’s investment portfolios at September 30, 2011, excluding foreign exchange.

88


          The interest rate, spread risk, and VaR referenced in the table below include the impact of market movements on the Company’s HTM fixed maturities from the Company’s Life investment portfolios. While the market value of these holdings is sensitive to prevailing interest rates and credit spreads, the Company’s book value is not impacted as these holdings are carried at amortized cost. At September 30, 2011, if the Company were to exclude these impacts of the Life investment portfolios, the table below would be adjusted to reflect the following reductions: the interest rate risk would be reduced by approximately $299.1 million, absolute spread risk would be reduced by approximately $200.6 million, relative spread risk would be reduced by approximately $27.5 million, and VaR would be reduced by approximately $472.2 million.

          The table below excludes the impact of foreign exchange rate risk on the investment portfolio. The investment portfolio is generally managed on an asset-liability matched basis, and, accordingly, foreign exchange movements typically impact the assets and liabilities equally. See “Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk” for further details. The Company considers that the investment portfolio VaR estimated results as well as P&C and Life investment portfolios VaR estimated results excluding foreign exchange rate risk are the more relevant and appropriate metrics to consider when assessing the actual risk of the portfolio.

          The estimated results below also do not include any risk contributions from our various operating affiliates (strategic, investment manager or financial operating affiliates) or certain other investments that are carried at amortized cost.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Interest
Rate
Risk(1)

 

Equity
Risk
(2)

 

Absolute
Spread
Risk (3)

 

Relative
Spread
Risk (4)

 

VaR
(5)(6)

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Total Investment Portfolio (7)

 

$

(1,266.2

)

$

(81.3

)

$

(1,243.2

)

$

(241.2

)

$

1,812.9

 

A. P&C Investment Portfolio

 

$

(739.8

)

$

(81.3

)

$

(795.6

)

$

(124.9

)

$

1,163.2

 

(I) P&C Fixed Income Portfolio

 

 

(739.8

)

 

 

 

(795.6

)

 

(124.9

)

 

1,228.5

 

(a) Cash & Short Term Investments

 

 

(12.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.5

 

(b) Total Government-Related

 

 

(241.1

)

 

 

 

(165.3

)

 

(6.4

)

 

283.3

 

(c) Total Corporate Credit

 

 

(314.9

)

 

 

 

(351.1

)

 

(62.2

)

 

497.4

 

(d) Total Structured Credit

 

 

(171.6

)

 

 

 

(272.3

)

 

(56.1

)

 

546.0

 

(II) P&C Non-Fixed Income Portfolio

 

 

 

 

(81.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

236.8

 

(e) Equity Portfolio

 

 

 

 

(32.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

142.0

 

(f) Alternative Portfolio

 

 

 

 

(18.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

82.0

 

(g) Private Investments

 

 

 

 

(31.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

117.1

 

B. Life Investment Portfolio

 

$

(518.1

)

$

 

$

(410.1

)

$

(113.3

)

$

771.3

 

(III) Life Fixed Income Portfolio

 

 

(518.1

)

 

 

 

(410.1

)

 

(113.3

)

 

771.3

 

(i) Cash & Short Term Investments

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.4

 

(j) Total Government-Related

 

 

(215.9

)

 

 

 

(77.3

)

 

(4.4

)

 

363.6

 

(k) Total Corporate Credit

 

 

(251.3

)

 

 

 

(273.5

)

 

(87.8

)

 

414.2

 

(l) Total Structured Credit

 

 

(50.9

)

 

 

 

(59.2

)

 

(21.1

)

 

82.0

 

(IV) Life Non-Fixed Income Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


(1)

The estimated impact on the fair value of the Company’s fixed income portfolio of an immediate hypothetical +100 bps adverse parallel shift in global bond curves.

(2)

The estimated impact on the fair value of the Company’s investment portfolio of an immediate hypothetical -10% change in the value of equity exposures in the Company’s equity portfolio, certain equity-sensitive alternative investments and private equity investments. This includes the Company’s estimate of equity risk embedded in the alternatives and private investment portfolio with such estimates utilizing market exposures provided to the Company by certain individual fund investments, internal statistical analyses, and/or various assumptions regarding illiquidity and concentrations.

(3)

The estimated impact on the fair value of the Company’s fixed income portfolio of an immediate hypothetical +100 basis point increase in all global corporate and structured credit spreads to which the Company’s fixed income portfolio is exposed. This excludes exposure to credit spreads in the Company’s alternative investments, private investments and counterparty exposure.

(4)

The estimated impact on the fair value of the Company’s fixed income portfolio of an immediate hypothetical +10% increase in all global corporate and structured credit spreads to which the Company’s fixed income portfolio is exposed. This excludes exposure to credit spreads in the Company’s alternative investments, private investments and counterparty exposure.

(5)

The VaR results are based on a 95% confidence interval, with a one year holding period, excluding foreign exchange rate risk. The Company’s investment portfolio VaR at September 30, 2011 is not necessarily indicative of future VaR levels.

(6)

The VaR results are the standalone VaRs, based on the prescribed methodology, for each component of the Company’s Total Investment Portfolio. The standalone VaRs of the individual components are non-additive, with the difference between the summation of the individual component VaRs and their respective aggregations being due to diversification benefits across the individual components. In the case of the VaR results for the Company’s Total Investment Portfolio, the results also include the impact associated with the Company’s Business and Other Investments.

(7)

The Company’s Total Investment Portfolio comprises the Company’s P&C Investment Portfolio and Life Investment Portfolio as well as the Company’s Business and Other Investments that do not form part of the Company’s P&C Investment Portfolio or Life Investment Portfolio. The individual results reported in the above table for the Company’s Total Investment Portfolio therefore represent the aggregate impact on the Company’s P&C Investment Portfolio, Life Investment Portfolio and the majority of the Company’s Other Investments.

89


Stress Testing

          VaR does not provide the means to estimate the magnitude of the loss in the 5% of occurrences when the Company expects the VaR level to be exceeded. To complement the VaR analysis based on normal market environments, the Company considers the impact on the investment portfolio in several different stress scenarios to analyze the effect of unusual market conditions. The Company establishes certain stress scenarios which are applied to the actual investment portfolio. As these stress scenarios and estimated gains and losses are based on scenarios established by the Company, they will not necessarily reflect future stress events or gains and losses from such events. The results of the stress scenarios are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they are appropriate, based on current shareholders’ equity, market conditions and the Company’s total risk tolerance. It is important to note that when assessing the risk of the Company’s investment portfolio, the Company does not take into account either the value or risk associated with the liabilities arising from the Company’s operations.

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 4.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES


 

 

         Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

          The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that all material information relating to the Company required to be included in this report has been made known to them in a timely fashion.

         Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

          There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the Company’s evaluation required pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

90


PART II–OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 1.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


 

 

          The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims, as described in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. Material developments to such proceedings during the three months ended September 30, 2011 are described below.

          In August 2005, plaintiffs in a proposed class action (the “Class Action”) that was consolidated into a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, captioned In re Brokerage Antitrust Litigation, MDL No. 1663, Civil Action No. 04-5184 (the “MDL”), filed a consolidated amended complaint (the “Amended Complaint”), which named as new defendants approximately 30 entities, including Greenwich Insurance Company, Indian Harbor Insurance Company and XL-Cayman (the “XL Defendants”). In the MDL, the Class Action plaintiffs asserted various claims purportedly on behalf of a class of commercial insureds against approximately 113 insurance companies and insurance brokers through which the named plaintiffs allegedly purchased insurance. The Amended Complaint alleged that the defendant insurance companies and insurance brokers conspired to manipulate bidding practices for insurance policies in certain insurance lines and failed to disclose certain commission arrangements and asserted statutory claims under the Sherman Act, various state antitrust laws and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), as well as common law claims alleging breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting a breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment. By Opinion and Order dated August 31, 2007, the District Court dismissed the Sherman Act claims with prejudice and, by Opinion and Order dated September 28, 2007, the District Court dismissed the RICO claims with prejudice. The plaintiffs then appealed both Orders to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. On August 16, 2010, the Third Circuit affirmed in large part the District Court’s dismissal. The Third Circuit reversed the dismissal of certain Sherman Act and RICO claims alleged against several defendants including the XL Defendants but remanded those claims to the District Court for further consideration of their adequacy. In light of its reversal and remand of certain of the federal claims, the Third Circuit also reversed the District Court’s dismissal (based on the District Court’s declining to exercise supplemental jurisdiction) of the state-law claims against all defendants. On October 1, 2010, the remaining defendants, including the XL Defendants, filed motions to dismiss the remanded federal claims and the state-law claims. The motions were fully briefed in November 2010. In May 2011, a majority of the remaining defendants, including the XL Defendants, executed a formal Settlement Agreement with the Class Action plaintiffs to settle the Class Action and dismiss all claims with prejudice. The settlement was preliminarily approved by the District Court in June 2011 and a final fairness hearing was held on September 14, 2011; the District Court has not yet decided the Class Action plaintiffs’ motion for approval of the settlement. The XL Defendants’ portion of the defendants’ aggregate settlement payment is $6.75 million.

          Various XL entities have been named as defendants in three of the many tag-along actions that have been consolidated into the MDL for pretrial purposes. The complaints in these tag-along actions make allegations similar to those made in the Amended Complaint but do not purport to be class actions. On April 4, 2006, a tag-along complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia on behalf of New Cingular Wireless Headquarters LLC and several other corporations and remains pending against approximately 100 defendants, including Greenwich Insurance Company, XL Specialty Insurance Company, XL Insurance America, Inc., XL Insurance Company Limited and XL-Cayman. On or about May 21, 2007, a tag-along complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey on behalf of Henley Management Company, Big Bear Properties, Inc., Northbrook Properties, Inc., RCK Properties, Inc., Kitchens, Inc., Aberfeldy LP and Payroll and Insurance Group, Inc. against multiple defendants, including “XL Winterthur International.” On October 12, 2007, a complaint in a third tag-along action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia by Sears, Roebuck & Co., Sears Holdings Corporation, Kmart Corporation and Lands’ End Inc. against many named defendants including X.L. America, Inc., XL Insurance America, Inc., XL Specialty Insurance Company and XL Insurance (Bermuda) Ltd. At a teleconference hearing on October 17, 2011, the District Court lifted the stay of the tag-along actions, including the three in which the XL entities are named defendants, and directed the parties to submit a proposed Scheduling Order that will include, among other things, deadlines for amending the Complaints in the tag-along actions and filing motions to dismiss the existing or amended Complaints.

          XL-Cayman and one of its subsidiaries, Syncora, four Syncora officers, and various underwriters of Syncora securities were named in a Consolidated Amended Complaint filed in August 2008 in the Southern District of New York purportedly on behalf of a class of shareholders of Syncora.  On September 27, 2011, the court entered a judgment dismissing the action with prejudice in its entirety, and the time for seeking rehearing or for filing a notice of appeal has now run without plaintiffs taking any action.

          The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to litigation and arbitration in the normal course of its business. These lawsuits and arbitrations principally involve claims on policies of insurance and contracts of reinsurance and are typical for the Company and for the property and casualty insurance and reinsurance industry in general. Such legal proceedings are considered in connection with the Company’s loss and loss expense reserves. Reserves in varying amounts may or may not be established in respect of particular claims proceedings based on many factors, including the legal merits thereof. In addition to litigation relating to insurance and reinsurance claims, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to lawsuits and regulatory actions in the normal course of business that do not arise from or directly relate to claims on insurance or reinsurance policies. This category of business litigation typically

91


involves, among other things, allegations of underwriting errors or misconduct, employment claims, regulatory activity, shareholder disputes or disputes arising from business ventures. The status of these legal actions is actively monitored by management.

          Legal actions are subject to inherent uncertainties, and future events could change management’s assessment of the probability or estimated amount of potential losses from pending or threatened legal actions. Based on available information, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate resolution of pending or threatened legal actions, both individually and in the aggregate, will not result in losses having a material adverse effect on the Company’s position or liquidity at September 30, 2011.

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS


 

 

          For a discussion of the Company’s potential risks or uncertainties, please see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Risk Factors in Item 1A of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2011 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 2.

 

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS


 

 

         (c) Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliate Purchasers

          The following table provides information about purchases by the Company during the three months ended September 30, 2011 of equity securities that are registered by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)

 

Average Price
Paid
per Share

 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

 

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans
or Programs (2)

 


 


 


 


 


 

July 1-31, 2011

 

 

6,674,036

 

$

21.57

 

 

6,674,036

 

$

454.1 million

 

August 1-31, 2011

 

 

6,871,298

 

 

19.17

 

 

6,870,120

 

 

322.4 million

 

September 1-30, 2011

 

 

1,588,106

 

 

20.14

 

 

1,588,106

 

 

290.4 million

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

15,133,440

 

$

20.33

 

 

15,132,262

 

$

290.4 million

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Shares purchased in connection with the vesting of restricted shares granted under the Company’s restricted stock plan do not represent shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs. All such purchases were made in connection with satisfying tax withholding obligations of those employees. These shares were not purchased as part of the Company’s share buyback program noted below.

 

 

(2)

On November 2, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a share buyback program, authorizing the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of its ordinary shares. During 2010, the Company purchased and canceled 6.9 million ordinary shares under this program for $144.0 million. During the first half of 2011, the Company purchased and canceled 11.6 million ordinary shares under this program for $257.9 million. During the third quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and canceled 15.1 million ordinary shares under this program for $307.7 million. All share buybacks were carried out by way of redemption in accordance with Irish law and the Company’s constitutional documents. All shares so redeemed were canceled upon redemption. At September 30, 2011, $290.4 million remained available to be used for purchases under this program and no further buybacks have been made in the subsequent period to November 1, 2011.


 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

 

EXHIBITS


 



 

 

The following exhibits are filed as exhibits to this Quarterly Report:

 

 

4.1

Indenture, dated September 30, 2011, among XL Group plc, XL Group Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (No. 1-10804) filed on September 30, 2011.

 

 

4.2

First Supplemental Indenture, dated September 30, 2011 to the Indenture dated September 30, 2011 among XL Group plc, XL Group Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (No. 1-10804) filed on September 30, 2011.

 

 

4.3

Form of 5.75% Senior Note due 2021, incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (No. 1-10804) filed on September 30, 2011.

 

 

31*

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications.

 

 

32*

Section 1350 Certification.

92



 

 

101.INS*

XBRL Instance Document**

 

 

101.SCH*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**

 

 

101.CAL*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**

 

 

101.LAB*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**

 

 

101.PRE*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**

 

 

101.DEF*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**


 

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

 

**

These interactive data files are furnished and deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

93


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Date: November 3, 2011

 

 

XL Group plc

 

(Registrant)

 

/s/ MICHAEL S. MCGAVICK

 


 

Name: Michael S. McGavick

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

XL Group plc

 

 

Date: November 3, 2011

 

 

/s/ PETER R. PORRINO

 


 

Name: Peter R. Porrino

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

XL Group plc

94